]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #29586 from poettering/read-stripped-line
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 255 in spe:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
8 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
9 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
10 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
11 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
12
13 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
14 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
15 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
16 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
17 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
18 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
19
20 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
21 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
22 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
23 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
24
25 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
26 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
27 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
28 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
29 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
30 user feedback.
31
32 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
33 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
34 release to be enabled by default.
35
36 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
37 Transitions between real systems should be done with "systemctl soft-reboot"
38 instead.
39
40 Device Management:
41
42 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
43 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
44 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
45 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new
46 switch --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback
47 block device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and
48 can subsequently be referenced by that without first having to look
49 up the block device name the caller ended up with.
50
51 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
52 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
53 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
54 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
55 available to be found via that file's inode information.
56
57 Network Management:
58
59 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
60 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
61 anyone.
62
63 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
64 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
65 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
66 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
67 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
68 scheme.
69
70 Changes in systemd-analyze:
71
72 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
73 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
74 Requires=, and similar properties.
75
76 CHANGES WITH 254:
77
78 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
79
80 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
81 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
82 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
83 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
84 details, see:
85 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
86
87 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
88 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
89 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
90 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
91 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
92 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
93
94 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
95 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
96 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
97 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
98
99 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
100 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
101 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
102 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
103 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
104 user feedback.
105
106 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
107 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
108 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
109
110 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
111 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
112
113 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
114 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
115 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
116 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
117 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
118 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
119
120 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
121 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
122 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
123 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
124 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
125 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
126 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
127
128 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
129 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
130 release to be enabled by default.
131
132 Security Relevant Changes:
133
134 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
135 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
136 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
137 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
138 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
139 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
140 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
141 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
142 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
143 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
144 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
145 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
146 users.
147
148 Service Manager:
149
150 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
151 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
152 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
153 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
154 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
155 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
156
157 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
158 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
159 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
160 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
161 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
162 via the new --kill-value= option.
163
164 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
165 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
166 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
167
168 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
169 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
170 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
171 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
172
173 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
174 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
175 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
176
177 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
178 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
179 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
180 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
181 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
182 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
183 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
184 guest.
185
186 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
187 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
188 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
189 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
190 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
191 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
192
193 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
194 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
195 intervals for Restart=.
196
197 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
198 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
199 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
200 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
201 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
202 service state has converged.
203
204 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
205 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
206 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
207
208 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
209 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
210 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
211
212 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
213 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
214 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
215 the service manager.
216
217 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
218 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
219 store enabled.
220
221 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
222 allows tuning the life-cycle of the per-service file descriptor
223 store. If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even
224 after the service has been fully stopped.
225
226 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
227 a service.
228
229 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
230 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
231 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
232
233 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
234 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
235 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
236 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
237 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
238 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
239 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
240 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
241 now handled by PID 1.
242
243 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
244 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
245 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
246 dependencies.
247
248 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
249 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
250 a unit is enabled.
251
252 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
253 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
254 the default timeout for .device units.
255
256 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
257 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
258 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
259 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
260 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
261 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
262 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
263 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
264 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
265 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
266 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
267 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
268 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
269 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
270 command.
271
272 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
273 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
274 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
275 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
276 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
277 root filesystem.
278
279 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
280 same-page merging individually for services.
281
282 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
283 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
284 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
285
286 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
287 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
288 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
289 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
290 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
291
292 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
293 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
294 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
295 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
296
297 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
298 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
299 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
300 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
301 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
302 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
303 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
304 too.
305
306 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
307 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
308 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
309 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
310 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
311 world-readable from userspace.
312
313 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
314 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
315 machine ID was set yet on the host.
316
317 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
318 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
319 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
320 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
321 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
322 way.
323
324 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
325 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
326 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
327 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
328 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
329 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
330 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
331 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
332 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
333 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
334 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
335 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
336 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
337 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
338 untrusted in this particular setting.
339
340 Journal:
341
342 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
343 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
344 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
345 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
346 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
347
348 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
349 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
350 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
351
352 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
353 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
354
355 systemd-repart:
356
357 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
358 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
359
360 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
361 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
362
363 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
364 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
365 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
366 devices and device mapper or not.
367
368 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
369 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
370 ext4.
371
372 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
373 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
374 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
375 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
376 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
377
378 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
379 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
380 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
381
382 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
383
384 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
385 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
386 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
387
388 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
389 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
390 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
391 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
392 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
393 running OS.
394
395 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
396 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
397 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
398 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
399 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
400 TPM PCR 12.
401
402 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
403 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
404 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
405 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
406
407 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
408 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
409 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
410 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
411 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
412 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
413 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
414 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
415 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
416 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
417 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
418 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
419 well.
420
421 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
422 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
423
424 * ukify gained a new "genkey" verb for generating a set of of key pairs
425 to sign UKIs and their PCR data with.
426
427 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
428 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
429 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
430 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
431
432 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
433 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
434 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
435 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
436 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
437 of the same name.
438
439 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
440 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
441 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
442 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
443 built and signed by the vendor.)
444
445 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
446 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
447
448 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
449 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
450
451 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
452 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
453 software-emulated).
454
455 Memory Pressure & Control:
456
457 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
458 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
459 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
460 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
461 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
462 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
463 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
464 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
465 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
466 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
467 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
468 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
469 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
470 from this.
471
472 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
473 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
474 logic individually. If these options are used, the
475 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
476 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
477 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
478 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
479
480 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
481 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
482 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
483 call requires privileges.
484
485 User & Session Management:
486
487 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
488 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
489 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
490 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
491 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
492 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
493 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
494
495 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
496 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
497 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
498 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
499 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
500
501 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
502 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
503 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
504 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
505 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
506 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
507 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
508
509 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
510 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
511 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
512 for which a TTY is added later.
513
514 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
515 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
516 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
517 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
518 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
519 be specified.
520
521 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
522 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
523 also show the current idle state of sessions.
524
525 DDIs:
526
527 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
528 inspected DDI.
529
530 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
531 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
532 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
533 information and all other DDI features.
534
535 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
536
537 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
538 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
539 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
540 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
541
542 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
543 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
544 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
545 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
546 impact.
547
548 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
549 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
550 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
551 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
552 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
553 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
554 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
555 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
556 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
557 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
558 disk images a service runs off.
559
560 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
561 parse image policy strings.
562
563 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
564 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
565 image policy allows the DDI.
566
567 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
568 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
569 large images.
570
571 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
572 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
573
574 Network Management:
575
576 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
577 InheritInnerProtocol=.
578
579 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
580 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
581
582 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
583 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
584 name.
585
586 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
587 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
588 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
589 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
590 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
591
592 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
593 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
594
595 Device Management:
596
597 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
598 offline.
599
600 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
601 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
602 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
603
604 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
605
606 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
607 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
608 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
609 recommendations of TCG (see
610 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
611
612 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
613 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
614
615 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
616 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
617 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
618 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
619 volume.
620
621 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
622 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
623 of veracrypt volumes.
624
625 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
626 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
627 direct) for the volume.
628
629 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
630 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
631
632 systemd-tmpfiles:
633
634 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
635 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
636 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
637 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
638
639 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
640 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
641 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
642 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
643 target tree and those copied in.
644
645 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
646 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
647
648 systemd-notify:
649
650 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
651 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
652 explicit name for it).
653
654 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
655 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
656 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
657 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
658 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
659
660 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
661
662 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
663 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
664 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
665
666 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
667 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
668 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
669 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
670 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
671 purposes.
672
673 systemd-resolved:
674
675 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
676 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
677 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
678 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
679 more resilient in case of network problems.
680
681 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
682 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
683 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
684
685 Other:
686
687 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
688
689 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
690 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
691
692 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
693 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
694 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
695 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
696 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
697 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
698 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
699 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
700
701 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
702 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
703 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
704 .network, .netdev, .link files.
705
706 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
707 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
708 Landlock.
709
710 * New documentation has been added:
711
712 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
713 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
714 smbios-type-11(7)
715
716 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
717 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
718
719 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
720 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
721 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
722 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
723 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
724 images into a single immutable tree.
725
726 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
727 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
728 network interface inside the container.
729
730 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
731 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
732 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
733 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
734 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
735 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
736 status to the host, similar to local processes.
737
738 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
739 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
740 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
741 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
742 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
743 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
744 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
745 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
746
747 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
748 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
749 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
750 mode.
751
752 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
753 mount options by default.
754
755 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
756 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
757 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
758 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
759 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
760 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
761 lines to apply at boot.
762
763 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
764 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
765 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
766 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
767
768 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
769 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
770 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
771
772 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
773 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
774 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
775 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
776 directories are automatically discovered.
777
778 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
779 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
780 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
781 suspend or hibernation.
782
783 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
784 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
785 the OS.
786
787 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
788 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
789 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
790 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
791 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
792
793 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
794 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
795 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
796
797 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
798 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
799 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
800 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
801 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
802 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
803 systemd.battery-check=0 through the kernel command line.
804
805 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
806 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
807
808 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
809 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
810 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
811 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
812 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
813 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
814 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
815 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
816 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
817 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
818 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
819 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
820 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
821 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
822 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
823 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
824 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
825 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
826 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
827 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
828 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
829 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
830 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
831 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
832 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
833 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
834 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
835 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
836 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
837 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
838 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
839 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
840 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
841 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
842 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
843 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
844 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
845 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
846 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
847 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
848 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
849 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
850 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
851 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
852 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
853 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
854 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
855 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
856
857 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
858
859 CHANGES WITH 253:
860
861 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
862
863 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
864 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
865 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
866 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
867 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
868 userspace has been ported over already.
869
870 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
871 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
872 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
873 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
874 For more details, see:
875 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
876
877 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
878 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
879 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
880 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
881 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
882 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
883 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
884 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
885 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
886 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
887 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
888 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
889 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
890 later this year. For more details, see:
891 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
892
893 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
894
895 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
896 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
897 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
898 environment is not fully supported.
899
900 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
901 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
902 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
903
904 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
905 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
906
907 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
908 of newline-separated JSON objects.
909
910 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
911 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
912 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
913 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
914 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
915 no effect for most users.
916
917 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
918 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
919 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
920 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
921 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
922 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
923 manager is also enabled and used.
924
925 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
926 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
927 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
928 option.
929
930 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
931 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
932 integer as parameter instead of a string.
933
934 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
935 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
936 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
937 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
938 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
939 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
940 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
941 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
942 support and fixes.
943
944 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
945 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
946 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
947 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
948 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
949 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
950
951 New components:
952
953 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
954 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
955 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
956 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
957 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
958 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
959 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
960 image.
961
962 Changes in systemd and units:
963
964 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
965 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
966 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
967 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
968 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
969 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
970 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
971
972 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
973 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
974
975 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
976 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
977 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
978 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
979 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
980
981 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
982 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
983 used).
984
985 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
986 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
987 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
988 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
989 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
990 from units.
991
992 * The manager has a new
993 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
994 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
995 PID recycling issues.
996
997 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
998 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
999 terminating some processes in the scope.
1000
1001 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
1002 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
1003
1004 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
1005 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
1006 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
1007 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
1008 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
1009 request is received over D-Bus.
1010
1011 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
1012 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
1013 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
1014 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
1015 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
1016
1017 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
1018 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
1019 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
1020 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
1021 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
1022 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
1023 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
1024 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
1025
1026 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
1027 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
1028 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
1029 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
1030 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
1031 socket.
1032
1033 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
1034 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
1035 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
1036 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
1037
1038 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
1039 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
1040 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
1041 Defaults to 5.
1042
1043 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
1044 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
1045
1046 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
1047 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
1048 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
1049 user units respectively.
1050
1051 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
1052 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
1053 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
1054 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
1055 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
1056 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
1057 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
1058 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
1059 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
1060 are used.)
1061
1062 Changes in udev:
1063
1064 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
1065 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
1066 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
1067 in some embedded systems.
1068
1069 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
1070 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
1071
1072 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
1073 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
1074 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
1075 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
1076
1077 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
1078 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
1079
1080 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
1081 that are being renamed.
1082
1083 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1084
1085 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
1086 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
1087 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
1088 started.
1089
1090 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
1091 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
1092 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
1093 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
1094
1095 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
1096 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
1097 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
1098 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
1099
1100 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
1101 field-separated hashing scheme.
1102
1103 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
1104 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
1105 used.
1106
1107 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
1108 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
1109 into the firmware.
1110
1111 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
1112 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
1113 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
1114 behaviour.
1115
1116 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
1117 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
1118 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
1119 a virtual machine.
1120
1121 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
1122 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
1123 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
1124 boot load at all.
1125
1126 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
1127 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
1128 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
1129
1130 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
1131 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
1132 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
1133 UKIs.
1134
1135 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
1136 as for kernel-install.
1137
1138 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
1139 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
1140 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
1141
1142 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
1143 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
1144
1145 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
1146 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
1147 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
1148 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
1149 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
1150 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
1151
1152 Changes in kernel-install:
1153
1154 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
1155 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
1156 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
1157 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
1158 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
1159 separately.
1160
1161 Changes in systemctl:
1162
1163 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
1164 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
1165 --reboot-argument= option instead.
1166
1167 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
1168 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
1169 silences this warning.
1170
1171 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
1172 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
1173 used.)
1174
1175 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
1176
1177 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
1178
1179 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
1180 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
1181 comments.
1182
1183 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
1184
1185 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
1186 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
1187 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
1188 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
1189 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
1190 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
1191 of the raw socket bypass.
1192
1193 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
1194 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
1195 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
1196 advertisements (RAs).
1197
1198 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
1199 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
1200 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
1201
1202 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
1203 interface names.
1204
1205 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
1206 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
1207 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
1208 It is enabled by default.
1209
1210 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
1211 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
1212 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
1213
1214 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
1215
1216 Changes in systemd-dissect:
1217
1218 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
1219 all files and directories in a DDI.
1220
1221 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
1222 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
1223
1224 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
1225 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
1226 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
1227 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
1228
1229 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
1230 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
1231 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
1232 disk images.
1233
1234 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
1235 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
1236
1237 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
1238 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
1239
1240 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
1241 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
1242 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
1243 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
1244 system busy.
1245
1246 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
1247 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
1248 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
1249 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
1250 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
1251 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
1252 size among the other DDI information in its output.
1253
1254 Changes in systemd-repart:
1255
1256 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
1257 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
1258 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
1259 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
1260 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
1261 hash of the root partition).
1262
1263 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
1264 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
1265 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
1266 populating it.
1267
1268 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
1269 sector size should be used when an image is created.
1270
1271 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
1272 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
1273
1274 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
1275 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
1276 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
1277
1278 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
1279 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
1280 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
1281 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
1282 available.)
1283
1284 Changes in journal tools:
1285
1286 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
1287 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
1288 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
1289 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
1290 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
1291 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
1292
1293 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
1294 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
1295 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
1296 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
1297 installation scripts.
1298
1299 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
1300 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
1301 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
1302
1303 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
1304 components:
1305
1306 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
1307 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
1308 password was strictly required to be specified.
1309
1310 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
1311 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
1312 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
1313 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
1314 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
1315
1316 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
1317 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
1318 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
1319 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
1320 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1321
1322 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
1323 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
1324
1325 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
1326 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
1327 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
1328 specified via root=.
1329
1330 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
1331 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15. New
1332 service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
1333 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
1334 these switches during early boot.
1335
1336 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
1337 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
1338
1339 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
1340 making it harder to brute-force.
1341
1342 Changes in other tools:
1343
1344 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
1345 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
1346
1347 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
1348 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
1349 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
1350 systemd-homed formats a file system.
1351
1352 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
1353 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
1354 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
1355 unprivileged code to access those values.
1356
1357 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
1358 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
1359 this to show the status of the installed system.
1360
1361 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
1362 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
1363 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
1364 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
1365
1366 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
1367 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
1368 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
1369 synchronization via NTP.
1370
1371 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
1372 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
1373 increases in subsequent boots.
1374
1375 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
1376 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
1377 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
1378 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
1379
1380 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
1381 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
1382 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
1383 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
1384 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
1385 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
1386 standard location.
1387
1388 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
1389 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
1390 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
1391
1392 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
1393 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
1394 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
1395 127.0.0.54 is returned.
1396
1397 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
1398 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
1399 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
1400 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
1401
1402 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
1403 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
1404 --no-legend options have been added.
1405
1406 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
1407 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
1408
1409 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
1410 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
1411
1412 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
1413
1414 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
1415 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
1416 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
1417 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
1418 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
1419 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
1420
1421 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
1422 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
1423 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
1424 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
1425
1426 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
1427
1428 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
1429 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
1430
1431 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
1432 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
1433 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
1434 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
1435 does not need the output value.
1436
1437 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
1438 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
1439 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
1440 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
1441 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
1442 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
1443
1444 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
1445 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1446 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1447 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
1448 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
1449
1450 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
1451 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
1452 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
1453
1454 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
1455 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
1456 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
1457 environment.
1458
1459 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
1460 virtualization is now detected.
1461
1462 Changes in the build system:
1463
1464 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
1465 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
1466
1467 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
1468 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
1469 supply.
1470
1471 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
1472
1473 Changes in the documentation:
1474
1475 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
1476 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
1477 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
1478
1479 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
1480 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
1481 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
1482 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
1483 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
1484 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
1485 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
1486 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
1487 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
1488 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
1489 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
1490 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
1491 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
1492 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
1493 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
1494 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
1495 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
1496 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
1497 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
1498 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
1499 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
1500 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
1501 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
1502 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
1503 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
1504 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
1505 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
1506 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
1507 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
1508 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1509 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
1510 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
1511 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
1512 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
1513 наб
1514
1515 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
1516
1517 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
1518
1519 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
1520
1521 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
1522 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
1523 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
1524 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
1525 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
1526 userspace has been ported over already.
1527
1528 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
1529 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
1530 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
1531 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
1532 For more details, see:
1533 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1534
1535 Compatibility Breaks:
1536
1537 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
1538 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
1539 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
1540 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
1541 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
1542 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
1543 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
1544 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
1545 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
1546 change.
1547
1548 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
1549 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
1550 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
1551 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
1552 already have been updated or removed.
1553
1554 New Features:
1555
1556 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
1557 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
1558 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
1559 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
1560 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
1561 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
1562 kernel.
1563
1564 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
1565 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
1566 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
1567 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
1568 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
1569 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
1570 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
1571 the booted UKI to gain access.
1572
1573 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
1574 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
1575 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
1576 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
1577 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
1578 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
1579
1580 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
1581 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
1582 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
1583 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
1584 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
1585 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
1586 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
1587 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
1588
1589 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
1590 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
1591 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
1592 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
1593 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
1594 initrd, but not later.)
1595
1596 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
1597
1598 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
1599 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
1600 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
1601 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
1602 the CPU.
1603
1604 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
1605 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
1606 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
1607 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
1608 release.
1609
1610 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
1611
1612 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
1613 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
1614 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
1615
1616 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
1617 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
1618 provided.
1619
1620 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
1621
1622 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
1623 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
1624 file.
1625
1626 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
1627 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
1628 activate.
1629
1630 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
1631 configured.
1632
1633 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
1634 SMBIOS fields. For example
1635
1636 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
1637
1638 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
1639 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
1640 quotes).
1641
1642 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
1643 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
1644 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
1645
1646 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
1647 associated service unit, if any.
1648
1649 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
1650 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
1651 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
1652 unsealed only in the initrd.
1653
1654 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
1655 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
1656
1657 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
1658 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
1659 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
1660 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
1661 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
1662 the host system as expected.
1663
1664 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
1665 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
1666 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
1667 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
1668
1669 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
1670 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
1671 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
1672
1673 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
1674 unmounted lazily.
1675
1676 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
1677 of file systems.
1678
1679 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
1680 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
1681 in the future.
1682
1683 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
1684 activating.
1685
1686 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
1687 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
1688 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
1689 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
1690
1691 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
1692 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
1693
1694 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
1695 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
1696 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
1697 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
1698 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
1699 than for behaviour decisions.
1700
1701 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
1702 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
1703
1704 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
1705 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
1706 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
1707
1708 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1709
1710 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
1711 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
1712 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
1713 the main specification.
1714
1715 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
1716 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
1717 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
1718 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
1719
1720 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
1721 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
1722 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
1723
1724 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
1725 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
1726
1727 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
1728 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
1729 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
1730 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
1731 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
1732 the stub was executed.
1733
1734 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
1735 is now supported by sd-boot.
1736
1737 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
1738 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
1739 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
1740 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
1741 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
1742
1743 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
1744 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
1745
1746 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
1747 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
1748 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
1749 to detect and warn about this.
1750
1751 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
1752 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
1753 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
1754
1755 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
1756 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
1757 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
1758 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
1759
1760 Changes in the hardware database:
1761
1762 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
1763
1764 Changes in systemctl:
1765
1766 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
1767 and 'status' verbs.
1768
1769 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
1770 points.
1771
1772 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
1773 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
1774 which operates relative to some directory).
1775
1776 Changes in systemd-networkd:
1777
1778 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
1779 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
1780
1781 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
1782 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
1783
1784 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
1785 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
1786
1787 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
1788 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
1789 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
1790 interface is being serviced.
1791
1792 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
1793
1794 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
1795
1796 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
1797
1798 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
1799 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
1800 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
1801
1802 Changes in systemd-resolved:
1803
1804 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
1805 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
1806 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
1807 restarted at any point.
1808
1809 * systemd-resolved now exposes a varlink socket at
1810 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
1811 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
1812 any clients connected to this socket.
1813
1814 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
1815
1816 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
1817 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
1818 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
1819
1820 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
1821 is still supported.)
1822
1823 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
1824
1825 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
1826 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
1827 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
1828 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
1829 string arrays).
1830
1831 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
1832 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
1833 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
1834 object.
1835
1836 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
1837 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
1838 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
1839
1840 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
1841 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
1842 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
1843
1844 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
1845 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
1846 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
1847
1848 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
1849 database given an explicit path to the file.
1850
1851 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
1852 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
1853 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
1854 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
1855 manually.
1856
1857 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
1858 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
1859 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
1860
1861 Changes in other components:
1862
1863 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
1864 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
1865
1866 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
1867 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
1868 'dpkg --compare-versions').
1869
1870 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
1871 names to limit the output to matching units.
1872
1873 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
1874 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
1875 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
1876 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
1877
1878 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
1879 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
1880 already exists.
1881
1882 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
1883 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
1884 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
1885
1886 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
1887 lines.
1888
1889 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
1890 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
1891
1892 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
1893 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
1894
1895 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
1896 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
1897
1898 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
1899 user when their system will become unsupported.
1900
1901 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
1902 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
1903 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
1904 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
1905
1906 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
1907 setting is unknown to the kernel.
1908
1909 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
1910 verbs.
1911
1912 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
1913 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
1914
1915 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
1916 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
1917 time delta between subsequent messages.
1918
1919 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
1920 of journal files.
1921
1922 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
1923 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
1924 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
1925
1926 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
1927 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
1928 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
1929 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
1930 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
1931 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
1932 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
1933
1934 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
1935 combination with --scope.
1936
1937 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
1938 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
1939 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
1940 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
1941 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
1942 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
1943 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
1944 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
1945 appropriate.
1946
1947 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
1948 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
1949 symlink.
1950
1951 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
1952 too.
1953
1954 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
1955 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
1956 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
1957 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
1958 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
1959
1960 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
1961 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
1962
1963 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
1964 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
1965 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
1966 split dm-verity artifacts.
1967
1968 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
1969 signatures.
1970
1971 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
1972 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
1973
1974 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
1975
1976 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
1977 now more compact.
1978
1979 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
1980
1981 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
1982
1983 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
1984 killed.
1985
1986 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
1987
1988 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
1989 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
1990
1991 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
1992 session after a preconfigure timeout.
1993
1994 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
1995 rather than indefinitely.
1996
1997 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
1998 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
1999 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
2000
2001 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
2002 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
2003 build can be reproducible.
2004
2005 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
2006 --initialized=no.
2007
2008 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
2009 "alias" fields for the device.
2010
2011 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
2012 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
2013
2014 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
2015
2016 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
2017 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
2018
2019 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
2020 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
2021 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
2022 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
2023 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
2024 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
2025 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
2026 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
2027 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
2028 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
2029
2030 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
2031
2032 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
2033 graphic cards.
2034
2035 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
2036 device is used as a keyfile.
2037
2038 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
2039 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
2040 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
2041 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
2042
2043 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
2044 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
2045 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
2046
2047 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
2048 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
2049
2050 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
2051 to MIT-0.
2052
2053 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
2054 /etc/machine-id.
2055
2056 Experimental features:
2057
2058 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
2059 and bpftool >= 7.0).
2060
2061 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
2062 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
2063 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
2064 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
2065 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
2066
2067 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
2068 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
2069 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
2070 tandem with the kernel.
2071
2072 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
2073 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
2074 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
2075 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
2076 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
2077 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
2078 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
2079 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
2080 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2081 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
2082 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
2083 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
2084 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
2085 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
2086 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
2087 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
2088 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
2089 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
2090 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
2091 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
2092 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
2093 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
2094 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
2095 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
2096 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
2097 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
2098 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
2099 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
2100 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
2101 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2102 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
2103 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
2104 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2105 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
2106 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
2107 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
2108 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
2109 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
2110 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
2111 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
2112 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
2113 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
2114 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
2115 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
2116 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2117 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
2118 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
2119 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
2120
2121 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
2122
2123 CHANGES WITH 251:
2124
2125 Backwards-incompatible changes:
2126
2127 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
2128 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
2129
2130 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
2131 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
2132
2133 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
2134 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
2135 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
2136 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
2137 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
2138 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
2139
2140 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
2141 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
2142 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
2143
2144 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
2145 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
2146 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
2147 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
2148 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
2149 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
2150 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
2151
2152 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
2153 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
2154 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
2155 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
2156 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
2157 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
2158 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
2159 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
2160 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
2161 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
2162 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
2163 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
2164 systems, there should be no visible changes.
2165
2166 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
2167 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
2168 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
2169 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
2170 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
2171 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
2172 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
2173 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
2174 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
2175 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
2176 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
2177 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
2178
2179 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
2180 of pcap.
2181
2182 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
2183 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
2184 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
2185 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
2186
2187 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
2188
2189 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
2190 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
2191 It is apparently used by the linker now.
2192
2193 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
2194 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
2195 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
2196
2197 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
2198 to account for this change.
2199
2200 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
2201 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
2202 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
2203
2204 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
2205
2206 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2207 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
2208 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
2209 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
2210 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
2211 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
2212 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
2213 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
2214 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
2215 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
2216 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
2217 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
2218 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
2219 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
2220 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
2221 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
2222
2223 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
2224 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
2225 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
2226 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
2227 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
2228
2229 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
2230 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
2231 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
2232 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
2233 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
2234 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
2235
2236 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
2237 systemd-boot boot loader.
2238
2239 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
2240 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
2241 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
2242 allows choosing different initrd generators.
2243
2244 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
2245 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
2246 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
2247 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
2248 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
2249 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
2250 prepared successfully.
2251
2252 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
2253 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
2254 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
2255 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
2256 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
2257 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
2258
2259 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
2260 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
2261 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
2262 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
2263
2264 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
2265 paths and other settings used.
2266
2267 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
2268 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
2269 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
2270
2271 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
2272 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
2273 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
2274 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
2275 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
2276
2277 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
2278 menu entries in JSON format.
2279
2280 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
2281 omit output with the new option --quiet.
2282
2283 Changes in systemd-homed:
2284
2285 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
2286 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
2287 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
2288 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
2289 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
2290 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
2291 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
2292 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
2293 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
2294 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
2295 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
2296 uses, see:
2297
2298 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
2299
2300 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
2301 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
2302 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
2303 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
2304 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
2305 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
2306 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
2307 context of the local system.
2308
2309 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
2310 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
2311 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
2312 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
2313 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
2314 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
2315 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
2316 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
2317 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
2318
2319 Changes in shared libraries:
2320
2321 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
2322 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
2323 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
2324 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
2325
2326 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
2327 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
2328 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
2329 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
2330 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
2331 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
2332 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
2333 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
2334 the library.
2335
2336 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
2337 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
2338 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
2339
2340 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
2341 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
2342 object from a device node name or file system path.
2343
2344 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
2345 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
2346 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
2347 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
2348 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
2349 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
2350 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
2351 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
2352
2353 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
2354
2355 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
2356 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
2357 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
2358 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
2359 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
2360 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
2361
2362 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
2363 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
2364 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
2365 disk image files.)
2366
2367 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
2368
2369 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
2370 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
2371 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
2372 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
2373 manager.
2374
2375 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
2376
2377 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
2378 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
2379 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
2380
2381 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
2382 systemd-oomd.
2383
2384 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
2385 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
2386 unit files.
2387
2388 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
2389 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
2390
2391 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
2392 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
2393
2394 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
2395 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
2396 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
2397 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
2398 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
2399 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
2400 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
2401 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
2402
2403 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
2404 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
2405 Condition*= settings.
2406
2407 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
2408 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
2409
2410 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
2411 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
2412 assign to each cgroup.
2413
2414 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
2415 devices and the associated governor, via the new
2416 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
2417 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
2418
2419 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
2420 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
2421
2422 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
2423 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
2424 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
2425
2426 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
2427 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
2428 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
2429 range
2430
2431 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
2432 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
2433 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
2434 been completed.
2435
2436 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
2437 environment variables set describing the execution context a
2438 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
2439 system service manager, or from the per-user service
2440 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
2441 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
2442 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
2443 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
2444 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
2445 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
2446 kernel is built for.
2447
2448 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
2449 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
2450 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
2451 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
2452 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
2453 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
2454 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
2455 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
2456 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
2457 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
2458 this way can be turned off via the new
2459 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
2460
2461 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
2462 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
2463 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
2464 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
2465 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
2466 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
2467 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
2468 up automatically.
2469
2470 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
2471 document:
2472
2473 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
2474
2475 Changes in systemd-journald:
2476
2477 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
2478 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
2479
2480 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
2481
2482 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
2483 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
2484
2485 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
2486 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
2487
2488 Changes in udev:
2489
2490 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
2491 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
2492 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
2493 default.
2494
2495 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
2496 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
2497
2498 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
2499 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
2500
2501 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
2502 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
2503 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
2504 initialized yet, respectively.
2505
2506 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
2507 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
2508 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
2509 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
2510 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
2511
2512 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
2513 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
2514 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
2515 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
2516
2517 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
2518 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
2519
2520 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
2521 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
2522
2523 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
2524 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
2525 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
2526 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
2527 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
2528 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
2529 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
2530 the one in the symlink path.
2531
2532 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
2533
2534 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
2535 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
2536 only supported in .network files.
2537
2538 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
2539 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
2540
2541 Changes in systemd-networkd:
2542
2543 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
2544 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
2545 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
2546 still honored.
2547
2548 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
2549 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
2550 up.
2551
2552 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
2553 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
2554
2555 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
2556 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
2557
2558 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
2559 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
2560
2561 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
2562
2563 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
2564 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
2565 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
2566 address.
2567
2568 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
2569 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
2570 mode).
2571
2572 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
2573 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
2574
2575 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
2576 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
2577 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
2578 PXE boot).
2579
2580 Changes in systemd-resolved:
2581
2582 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
2583 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
2584 there.
2585
2586 Changes in disk encryption:
2587
2588 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
2589 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
2590 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
2591
2592 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
2593
2594 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
2595 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
2596 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
2597
2598 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
2599 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
2600 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
2601
2602 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
2603
2604 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
2605 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
2606
2607 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
2608 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
2609 hostnamed.
2610
2611 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
2612 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
2613 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
2614 firmware version of the system.
2615
2616 Changes in other components:
2617
2618 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
2619 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
2620 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
2621 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
2622 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
2623
2624 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
2625 list of known users.
2626
2627 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
2628 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
2629 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
2630
2631 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
2632 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
2633
2634 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
2635 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
2636 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
2637 a device found.
2638
2639 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
2640 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
2641 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
2642 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
2643 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
2644 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
2645 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
2646
2647 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
2648 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
2649 $TERM).
2650
2651 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
2652 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
2653 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
2654 $ meson build systemd-boot
2655 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
2656 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
2657
2658 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
2659 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
2660 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
2661 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
2662 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
2663
2664 Experimental features:
2665
2666 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
2667 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
2668 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
2669 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
2670 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
2671 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
2672 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
2673 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
2674 compatibility with the current implementation.
2675
2676 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
2677 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
2678 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
2679 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
2680
2681 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
2682 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
2683 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
2684 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2685 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
2686 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
2687 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
2688 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
2689 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
2690 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
2691 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2692 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
2693 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
2694 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
2695 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2696 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
2697 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
2698 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
2699 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2700 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
2701 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
2702 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
2703 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
2704 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
2705 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
2706 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
2707 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
2708 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
2709 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
2710 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
2711 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
2712 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
2713 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
2714 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2715 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
2716 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
2717 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
2718
2719 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
2720
2721 CHANGES WITH 250:
2722
2723 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
2724 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
2725 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
2726 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
2727 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
2728 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
2729 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
2730 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
2731 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
2732 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
2733 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
2734
2735 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
2736 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
2737 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
2738 installation or hardware.
2739
2740 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
2741 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
2742
2743 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
2744 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
2745 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
2746 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
2747 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
2748 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
2749 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
2750
2751 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
2752 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
2753 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
2754 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
2755 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
2756 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
2757 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
2758 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
2759 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
2760 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
2761 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
2762 drop-in file mechanism).
2763
2764 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
2765 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
2766 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
2767 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
2768 service, or attached as system extension.
2769
2770 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
2771 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
2772 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
2773 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
2774 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
2775
2776 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
2777 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
2778 are supported.
2779
2780 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
2781 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
2782 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
2783 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
2784 systemd-binfmtd is running.
2785
2786 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
2787 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
2788 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
2789 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
2790 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
2791 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
2792 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
2793 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
2794 does not trigger any operation by default.
2795
2796 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
2797 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
2798 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
2799 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
2800 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
2801 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
2802 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
2803 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
2804
2805 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
2806 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
2807 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
2808 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
2809 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
2810
2811 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
2812 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
2813 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
2814 request this behavior.
2815
2816 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
2817 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
2818 time-out for the boot.
2819
2820 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
2821 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
2822 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
2823 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
2824 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
2825 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
2826 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
2827 system services or the managers themselves.
2828
2829 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
2830 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
2831 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
2832 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
2833 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
2834 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
2835 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
2836 group handles).
2837
2838 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
2839 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
2840
2841 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
2842 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
2843 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
2844 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
2845 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
2846 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
2847 vs. CPUWeight.
2848
2849 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
2850 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
2851 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
2852 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
2853 during boot and shutdown.
2854
2855 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
2856 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
2857 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
2858 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
2859 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
2860 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
2861
2862 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
2863 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
2864
2865 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
2866 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
2867
2868 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
2869 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
2870
2871 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
2872 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
2873 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
2874 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
2875 variable passed to invoked processes.
2876
2877 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
2878 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
2879 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
2880
2881 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
2882 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
2883 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
2884 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
2885 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
2886 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
2887 names.
2888
2889 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
2890 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
2891 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
2892 dimensions to a virtual machine.
2893
2894 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
2895 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
2896 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
2897 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
2898 cgroup instead.
2899
2900 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
2901 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
2902 mounting the autofs instance.
2903
2904 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
2905 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
2906 during build-time.
2907
2908 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
2909 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
2910 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
2911 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
2912 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
2913 socket units.
2914
2915 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
2916 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
2917 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
2918
2919 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
2920 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
2921 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
2922 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
2923 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
2924 trust as SHA256 banks.
2925
2926 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
2927 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
2928 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
2929 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
2930
2931 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
2932 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
2933 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
2934 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
2935 instead.
2936
2937 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
2938 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
2939 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
2940 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
2941
2942 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
2943 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
2944 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
2945 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
2946 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
2947 root partition.
2948
2949 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
2950 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
2951 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
2952 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
2953 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
2954 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
2955
2956 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
2957 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
2958 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
2959 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
2960 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
2961
2962 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
2963 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
2964
2965 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
2966 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
2967
2968 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
2969 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
2970 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
2971 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
2972 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
2973 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
2974 and how to trigger it.
2975
2976 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
2977 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
2978 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
2979 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
2980 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
2981 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
2982 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
2983 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
2984 batteries.
2985
2986 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
2987 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
2988 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
2989 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
2990 against abnormal system shutdown.
2991
2992 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
2993 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
2994 directory/image instead of on the host.
2995
2996 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
2997 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
2998 actually is.
2999
3000 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
3001 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
3002 or recursively any dependent units.
3003
3004 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
3005 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
3006 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
3007 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
3008 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
3009 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
3010 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
3011 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
3012 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
3013 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
3014 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
3015
3016 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
3017
3018 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
3019 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
3020 "filesystems" commands.
3021
3022 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
3023 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
3024 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
3025 through them.
3026
3027 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
3028 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
3029 including the build-id and other info described on:
3030 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
3031
3032 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
3033 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
3034 interfaces.
3035
3036 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
3037 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
3038
3039 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
3040 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
3041 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
3042 CAN timing quanta.
3043
3044 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
3045 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
3046 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
3047 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
3048 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
3049 CAN interface.
3050
3051 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
3052 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
3053 addresses.
3054
3055 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
3056 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
3057 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
3058
3059 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
3060 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
3061 DHCP 6RD option.
3062
3063 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
3064 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
3065 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
3066
3067 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
3068 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
3069
3070 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
3071 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
3072 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
3073
3074 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
3075 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
3076 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
3077 records.
3078
3079 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
3080 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
3081 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
3082 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
3083 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
3084
3085 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
3086 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
3087 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
3088 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
3089 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
3090 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
3091 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
3092 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
3093
3094 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
3095 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
3096
3097 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
3098 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
3099 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
3100
3101 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
3102 setting to specify the router address.
3103
3104 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
3105 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
3106 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
3107 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
3108
3109 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
3110 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
3111 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
3112 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
3113 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
3114
3115 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
3116 interfaces has been improved.
3117
3118 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
3119 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
3120 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
3121 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
3122
3123 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
3124 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
3125 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
3126
3127 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
3128 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
3129 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
3130
3131 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
3132 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
3133 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
3134 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
3135
3136 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
3137 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
3138 hardware supports.
3139
3140 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
3141 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
3142
3143 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
3144 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
3145 that supports this.
3146
3147 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
3148 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
3149 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
3150 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
3151 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
3152 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
3153 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
3154
3155 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
3156 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
3157 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
3158 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
3159 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
3160 the performance win is beneficial.
3161
3162 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
3163 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
3164
3165 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
3166 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
3167 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
3168 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
3169 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
3170 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
3171 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
3172 taken to shift them manually.
3173
3174 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
3175 show the Windows version.
3176
3177 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
3178 build-time.
3179
3180 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
3181 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
3182 resolutions and save the last selection.
3183
3184 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
3185 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
3186 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
3187 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
3188
3189 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
3190 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
3191 items).
3192
3193 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
3194 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
3195 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
3196 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
3197 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
3198
3199 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
3200 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
3201 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
3202
3203 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
3204 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
3205 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
3206 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
3207 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
3208
3209 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
3210 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
3211 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
3212 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
3213 kernel image.
3214
3215 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
3216 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
3217
3218 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
3219 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
3220 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
3221 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
3222 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
3223 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
3224 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
3225 credentials, see above).
3226
3227 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
3228 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
3229 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
3230
3231 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
3232 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
3233 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
3234 Specification Type #2.
3235
3236 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
3237 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
3238 non-x86 architectures.
3239
3240 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
3241 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
3242 or just the subsequent boot).
3243
3244 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
3245 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
3246 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
3247 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
3248 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
3249 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
3250 layout specified in
3251 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
3252 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
3253 values for this variable.
3254
3255 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
3256 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
3257 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
3258 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
3259 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
3260 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
3261 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
3262 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
3263 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
3264 machine-id.
3265
3266 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
3267 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
3268 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
3269 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
3270 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
3271 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
3272 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
3273 without conflict.
3274
3275 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
3276 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
3277 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
3278 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
3279 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
3280 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
3281 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
3282 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
3283 installations that use the bls layout.
3284
3285 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
3286
3287 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
3288 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
3289 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
3290 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
3291 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
3292 attached under a wrong name this way.
3293
3294 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
3295 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
3296 default 'add').
3297
3298 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
3299 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
3300
3301 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
3302 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
3303 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
3304 be accessible to regular users.
3305
3306 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
3307 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
3308 they point (front or back).
3309
3310 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
3311 added to hwdb.
3312
3313 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
3314 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
3315
3316 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
3317 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
3318 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
3319 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
3320 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
3321 sources to introduce new named schemes.
3322
3323 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
3324 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
3325
3326 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
3327 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
3328 support).
3329
3330 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
3331 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
3332 --cgroup-id= switches.)
3333
3334 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
3335 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
3336
3337 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
3338 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
3339 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
3340
3341 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
3342 forked, sandboxed process.
3343
3344 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
3345 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
3346 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
3347 reason it was not tried again.
3348
3349 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
3350 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
3351 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
3352 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
3353 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
3354 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
3355
3356 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
3357 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
3358 homectl switch.
3359
3360 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
3361 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
3362 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
3363 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
3364 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
3365 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
3366 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
3367 system trees is no longer necessary.
3368
3369 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
3370 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
3371 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
3372
3373 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
3374 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
3375 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
3376 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
3377 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
3378 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
3379
3380 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
3381 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
3382 by default.
3383
3384 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
3385 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
3386 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
3387 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
3388 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
3389 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
3390
3391 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
3392 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
3393 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
3394 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
3395 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
3396 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
3397 precisely.
3398
3399 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
3400 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
3401 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
3402 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
3403 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
3404 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
3405 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
3406 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
3407 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
3408
3409 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
3410 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
3411 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
3412 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
3413 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
3414 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
3415 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
3416 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
3417 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
3418 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
3419 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
3420 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
3421
3422 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
3423 to use when outputting user or group records.
3424
3425 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
3426 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
3427 record resolution logic.
3428
3429 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
3430 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
3431 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
3432 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
3433 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
3434 other also configured in the command line.
3435
3436 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
3437 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
3438 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
3439 watch.
3440
3441 * The sd-event API gained a new function
3442 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
3443 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
3444 leaves the rate limiting phase.
3445
3446 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
3447 to port systemd to a new architecture:
3448
3449 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
3450
3451 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
3452 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
3453
3454 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
3455 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
3456 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
3457 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
3458 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
3459 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
3460 shutdown.
3461
3462 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
3463 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
3464 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
3465 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
3466 environments.
3467
3468 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
3469 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
3470 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
3471 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
3472 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
3473 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
3474 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
3475 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
3476 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
3477 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
3478 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
3479
3480 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
3481 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
3482 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
3483 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
3484
3485 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
3486 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
3487
3488 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
3489
3490 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
3491 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
3492 appropriate primary group.
3493
3494 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
3495
3496 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
3497
3498 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
3499 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
3500 work.
3501
3502 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
3503 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
3504
3505 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
3506 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
3507
3508 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
3509 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
3510
3511 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
3512 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
3513 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
3514 that have compression enabled.
3515
3516 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
3517 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
3518 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
3519 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
3520
3521 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
3522 messages.
3523
3524 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
3525 corruption.
3526
3527 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
3528 scheduled shutdown.
3529
3530 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
3531 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
3532 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
3533 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
3534
3535 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
3536 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
3537 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
3538 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
3539 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
3540 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3541 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
3542 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
3543 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
3544 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
3545 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
3546 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
3547 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
3548 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
3549 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
3550 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
3551 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
3552 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
3553 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
3554 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
3555 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
3556 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
3557 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
3558 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
3559 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
3560 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
3561 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
3562 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
3563 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
3564 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
3565 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
3566 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
3567 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
3568 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
3569 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
3570 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
3571 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
3572 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
3573 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
3574 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
3575 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
3576 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
3577 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
3578 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
3579 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3580 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3581
3582 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
3583
3584 CHANGES WITH 249:
3585
3586 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
3587 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
3588 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
3589 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
3590 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
3591 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
3592 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
3593 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
3594 a matching version identifier.
3595
3596 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
3597 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
3598 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
3599 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
3600 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
3601 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
3602 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
3603 during first boot. Example:
3604
3605 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
3606
3607 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
3608 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
3609 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
3610 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
3611 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
3612
3613 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
3614 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
3615 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
3616 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
3617 /etc/).
3618
3619 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
3620 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
3621 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
3622 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
3623
3624 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
3625 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
3626 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
3627 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
3628 systemd-sysusers tools.
3629
3630 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
3631 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
3632 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
3633 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
3634 itself.
3635
3636 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
3637 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
3638 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
3639 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
3640 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
3641 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
3642 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
3643 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
3644 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
3645 immediately, even in read-only mode.
3646
3647 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
3648 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
3649 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
3650 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
3651 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
3652
3653 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
3654 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
3655 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
3656 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
3657 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
3658
3659 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
3660 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
3661 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
3662 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
3663 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
3664 specifiers.
3665
3666 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
3667 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
3668 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
3669 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
3670
3671 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
3672 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
3673 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
3674 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
3675 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
3676 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
3677 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
3678 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
3679 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
3680 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
3681 information, see:
3682
3683 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
3684
3685 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
3686 (IEEE 1394).
3687
3688 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
3689 backwards-incompatible changes:
3690
3691 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
3692 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
3693 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
3694 number.
3695
3696 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
3697 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
3698 where values up to 65535 are used.
3699
3700 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
3701
3702 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
3703 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
3704 command line parameter.
3705
3706 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
3707 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
3708 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
3709
3710 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
3711 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
3712 the udev device first appeared in the database.
3713
3714 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
3715 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
3716 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
3717 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
3718 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
3719 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
3720 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
3721 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
3722 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
3723 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
3724 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
3725 uevent.
3726
3727 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
3728 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
3729 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
3730 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
3731 index.
3732
3733 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
3734 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
3735 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
3736 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
3737 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
3738 for that official:
3739
3740 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
3741
3742 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
3743 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
3744 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
3745 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
3746 services into them.
3747
3748 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
3749 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
3750 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
3751 available on private domains.
3752
3753 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
3754
3755 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
3756 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
3757 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
3758
3759 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
3760 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
3761 connectivity.
3762
3763 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
3764 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
3765 consider an interface "online".
3766
3767 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
3768 information.
3769
3770 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
3771 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
3772
3773 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
3774 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
3775
3776 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
3777 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
3778 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
3779 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
3780
3781 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
3782 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
3783 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
3784 before.
3785
3786 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
3787 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
3788 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
3789 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
3790
3791 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
3792 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
3793 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
3794
3795 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
3796 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
3797 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
3798 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
3799 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
3800 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
3801 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
3802
3803 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
3804 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
3805 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
3806 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
3807 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
3808 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
3809 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
3810 compatibility.)
3811
3812 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
3813 files.
3814
3815 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
3816 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
3817 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
3818 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
3819
3820 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
3821 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
3822 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
3823 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
3824 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
3825 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
3826
3827 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
3828 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
3829 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
3830 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
3831 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
3832 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
3833 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
3834 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
3835 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
3836 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
3837 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
3838 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
3839 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
3840 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
3841 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
3842
3843 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
3844
3845 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
3846 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
3847 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
3848 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
3849 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
3850 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
3851 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
3852
3853 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
3854 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
3855 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
3856 via BPF.
3857
3858 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
3859 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
3860 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
3861 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
3862
3863 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
3864 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
3865 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
3866 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
3867 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
3868 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
3869
3870 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
3871 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
3872 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
3873 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
3874 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
3875 program code that can consume JSON.
3876
3877 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
3878 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
3879
3880 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
3881 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
3882 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
3883 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
3884 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
3885 continue to be supported for compatibility.
3886
3887 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
3888 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
3889
3890 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
3891 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
3892 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
3893 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
3894 level.
3895
3896 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
3897 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
3898 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
3899 Type 1 boot loader entries.
3900
3901 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
3902 may be specified now.
3903
3904 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
3905 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
3906 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
3907 an interactive user is generally not present.
3908
3909 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
3910 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
3911 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
3912 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
3913 asterisks.)
3914
3915 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
3916 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
3917 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
3918 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
3919 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
3920 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
3921 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
3922 used FIDO2 token.
3923
3924 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
3925 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
3926 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
3927 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
3928 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
3929 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
3930 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
3931
3932 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
3933 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
3934 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
3935 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
3936 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
3937 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
3938 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
3939 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
3940 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
3941 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
3942 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
3943 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
3944 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
3945 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
3946 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
3947 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
3948 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
3949 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
3950 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
3951 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
3952 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
3953 privileges on the host).
3954
3955 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
3956 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
3957 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
3958
3959 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
3960 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
3961 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
3962 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
3963 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
3964 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
3965 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
3966 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
3967 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
3968
3969 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
3970 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
3971 user database lookups.
3972
3973 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
3974 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
3975 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
3976 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
3977 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
3978 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
3979 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
3980 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
3981 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
3982 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
3983 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
3984 is trivially simple.
3985
3986 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
3987 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
3988 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
3989 Journal records.
3990
3991 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
3992 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
3993 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
3994 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
3995 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
3996 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
3997 units that are members of a slice.
3998
3999 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
4000 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
4001 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
4002 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
4003
4004 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
4005 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
4006 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
4007 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
4008 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
4009 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
4010
4011 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
4012 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
4013 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
4014 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
4015 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
4016 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
4017 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
4018 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
4019 another unit that intends to uphold it.
4020
4021 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
4022 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
4023
4024 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
4025 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
4026 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
4027
4028 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
4029 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
4030 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
4031 characters literally.
4032
4033 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
4034 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
4035 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
4036 switch.
4037
4038 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
4039 the systemd source code tree:
4040
4041 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
4042
4043 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
4044 the initrd.
4045
4046 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
4047 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
4048 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
4049
4050 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
4051 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
4052 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
4053 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
4054
4055 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
4056 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
4057 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
4058 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
4059 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
4060 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
4061 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
4062 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
4063
4064 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
4065 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
4066
4067 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
4068 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
4069 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
4070 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
4071
4072 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
4073 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
4074 generation.
4075
4076 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
4077 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
4078 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
4079
4080 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
4081 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
4082
4083 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
4084 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
4085 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
4086
4087 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
4088 setting a network timeout time.
4089
4090 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
4091 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
4092 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
4093
4094 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
4095 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
4096 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
4097 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
4098 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
4099 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
4100 that.
4101
4102 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
4103 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
4104 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
4105 events in a short time window.
4106
4107 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4108 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
4109 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
4110 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
4111 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
4112 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
4113 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
4114 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
4115 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
4116 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
4117 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
4118 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
4119 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
4120 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
4121 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
4122 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
4123 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
4124 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
4125 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
4126 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
4127 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
4128 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
4129 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
4130 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
4131 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
4132 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
4133 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
4134 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
4135 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
4136 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
4137 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
4138
4139 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
4140
4141 CHANGES WITH 248:
4142
4143 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
4144 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
4145 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
4146 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
4147 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
4148 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
4149
4150 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
4151 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
4152 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
4153
4154 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
4155 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
4156 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
4157
4158 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
4159 supported system extension level.
4160
4161 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
4162 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
4163 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
4164 constraints.
4165
4166 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
4167 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
4168 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
4169
4170 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
4171 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
4172 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
4173 similar to /etc/crypttab.
4174
4175 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
4176 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
4177
4178 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
4179 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
4180 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
4181 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
4182 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
4183
4184 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
4185 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
4186 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
4187 user.
4188
4189 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
4190 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
4191 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
4192 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
4193 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
4194 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
4195 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
4196 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
4197
4198 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
4199 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
4200 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
4201 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
4202 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
4203
4204 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
4205 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
4206 D-Bus properties.
4207
4208 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
4209 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
4210 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
4211 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
4212 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
4213 shows this in the status output.
4214
4215 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
4216 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
4217 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
4218 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
4219 the need for configuration in an external file.
4220
4221 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
4222 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
4223 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
4224
4225 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
4226 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
4227 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
4228
4229 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
4230 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
4231 them. See:
4232
4233 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
4234
4235 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
4236
4237 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
4238 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
4239 dependency.
4240
4241 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
4242 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
4243 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
4244
4245 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
4246 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
4247 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
4248 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
4249 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
4250 output and such.
4251
4252 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
4253 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
4254
4255 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
4256 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
4257
4258 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
4259 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
4260 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
4261 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
4262
4263 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
4264 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
4265 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
4266 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
4267
4268 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
4269 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
4270 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
4271
4272 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
4273 IPC namespace.
4274
4275 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
4276 generated from kernel lists exported on
4277 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
4278
4279 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
4280 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
4281 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
4282
4283 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
4284 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
4285 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
4286 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
4287
4288 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
4289 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
4290 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
4291
4292 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
4293 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
4294 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
4295 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
4296
4297 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
4298 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
4299
4300 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
4301 noexec for parts of the file system.
4302
4303 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
4304 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
4305 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
4306 systemctl and similar tools:
4307
4308 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
4309
4310 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
4311 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
4312 the host itself is connected to
4313
4314 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
4315
4316 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
4317 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
4318 parameter: the message to send.
4319
4320 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
4321 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
4322 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
4323
4324 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
4325 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
4326
4327 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
4328 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
4329
4330 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
4331 queue to be configured.
4332
4333 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
4334 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
4335 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
4336
4337 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
4338 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
4339 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
4340 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
4341 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
4342 .network files.
4343
4344 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
4345 switch to select the routing policy table.
4346
4347 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
4348 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
4349
4350 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
4351 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
4352 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
4353 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
4354 added.
4355
4356 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
4357 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
4358
4359 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
4360 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
4361
4362 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
4363 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
4364 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
4365 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
4366
4367 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
4368 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
4369 devices.
4370
4371 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
4372 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
4373 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
4374
4375 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
4376 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
4377 even a single device.
4378
4379 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
4380 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
4381 systems.
4382
4383 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
4384 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
4385
4386 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
4387 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
4388 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
4389 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
4390 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
4391
4392 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
4393 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
4394
4395 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
4396 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
4397 libfprint.
4398
4399 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
4400 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
4401 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
4402 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
4403 the upstream server.
4404
4405 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
4406 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
4407 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
4408 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
4409 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
4410 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
4411 anyway.
4412
4413 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
4414 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
4415 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
4416
4417 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
4418 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
4419 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
4420 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
4421 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
4422 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
4423 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
4424 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
4425 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
4426 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
4427 lookup.
4428
4429 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
4430 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
4431 capabilities passed to the container payload.
4432
4433 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
4434 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
4435 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
4436 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
4437 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
4438 IPv4-only).
4439
4440 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
4441 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
4442 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
4443
4444 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
4445 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
4446
4447 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
4448 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
4449 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
4450 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
4451 units.
4452
4453 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
4454 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
4455 operation, but it is still recommended.
4456
4457 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
4458 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
4459
4460 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
4461 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
4462
4463 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
4464 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
4465 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
4466
4467 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
4468 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
4469 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
4470
4471 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
4472 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
4473 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
4474 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
4475 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
4476 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
4477 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
4478 imported into the manager environment block.
4479
4480 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
4481 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
4482 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
4483
4484 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
4485 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
4486 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
4487 reloaded "↻".
4488
4489 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
4490 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
4491 a simple JSON format.
4492
4493 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
4494 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
4495 process signals and their numbers.
4496
4497 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
4498
4499 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
4500 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
4501
4502 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
4503 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
4504 colors are used in output.
4505
4506 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
4507 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
4508 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
4509 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
4510 disable this output again.
4511
4512 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
4513 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
4514 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
4515 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
4516
4517 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
4518 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
4519 recommended.
4520
4521 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
4522 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
4523 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
4524 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
4525 the keymap file first.
4526
4527 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
4528
4529 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
4530 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
4531 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
4532
4533 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
4534 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
4535 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
4536 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
4537
4538 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
4539 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
4540 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
4541 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
4542 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
4543 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
4544
4545 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
4546 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
4547 headers/legends.
4548
4549 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
4550 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
4551 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
4552 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
4553 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
4554 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
4555 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
4556 operations at a later step at once.
4557
4558 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
4559 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
4560 to regular strings.
4561
4562 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
4563 and measured the boot process into it.
4564
4565 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
4566 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
4567 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
4568 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
4569
4570 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
4571 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
4572 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
4573 it assigns the container a cgroup.
4574
4575 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
4576 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
4577
4578 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
4579 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
4580
4581 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
4582 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
4583 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
4584 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
4585 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
4586 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
4587 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
4588 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
4589 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
4590 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
4591 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
4592 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
4593 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
4594 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
4595 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
4596 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
4597 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
4598 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
4599 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
4600 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
4601 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
4602 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
4603 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
4604 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
4605 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
4606 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
4607 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
4608 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
4609 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
4610 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
4611 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
4612 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
4613 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
4614 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
4615 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
4616 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4617 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
4618
4619 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
4620
4621 CHANGES WITH 247:
4622
4623 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
4624 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
4625 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
4626 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
4627 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
4628 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
4629 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
4630 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
4631 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
4632 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
4633 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
4634 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
4635 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
4636 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
4637 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
4638
4639 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
4640 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
4641 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
4642 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
4643 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
4644 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
4645 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
4646 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
4647 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
4648 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
4649 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
4650 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
4651 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
4652 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
4653 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
4654
4655 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
4656 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
4657 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
4658 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
4659 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
4660 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
4661 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
4662 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
4663 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
4664 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
4665
4666 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
4667 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
4668 handle the new events. Specifically:
4669
4670 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
4671 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
4672 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
4673 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
4674 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
4675 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
4676 generated, for all other device types this change is still
4677 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
4678 future kernel uevent type additions).
4679
4680 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
4681 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
4682 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
4683 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
4684 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
4685 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
4686 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
4687 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
4688 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
4689 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
4690 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
4691 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
4692
4693 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
4694 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
4695 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
4696 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
4697 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
4698 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
4699 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
4700 above).
4701
4702 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
4703 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
4704 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
4705 behaviour change.
4706
4707 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
4708 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
4709 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
4710 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
4711 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
4712 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
4713 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
4714 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
4715 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
4716 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
4717 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
4718 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
4719 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
4720 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
4721 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
4722 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
4723 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
4724 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
4725 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
4726 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
4727 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
4728 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
4729 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
4730 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
4731 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
4732 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
4733
4734 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
4735 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
4736 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
4737 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
4738 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
4739
4740 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
4741 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
4742 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
4743 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
4744 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
4745 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
4746 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
4747 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
4748 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
4749 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
4750 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
4751 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
4752 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
4753
4754 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
4755 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
4756 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
4757 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
4758 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
4759 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
4760 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
4761 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
4762 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
4763 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
4764 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
4765 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
4766 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
4767 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
4768 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
4769 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
4770 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
4771 they now are optional during runtime.
4772
4773 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
4774 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
4775 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
4776 which installs absolute timers.
4777
4778 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
4779 mode, which may be controlled via the new
4780 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
4781 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
4782 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
4783 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
4784 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
4785 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
4786 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
4787 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
4788
4789 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
4790 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
4791 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
4792 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
4793 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
4794 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
4795 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
4796 dispatched).
4797
4798 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
4799 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
4800 the RootImage= setting.
4801
4802 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
4803 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
4804 to the service.
4805
4806 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
4807 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
4808 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
4809 different for different units).
4810
4811 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
4812 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
4813 options.
4814
4815 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
4816 --json= switch.
4817
4818 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
4819 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
4820 authentication request.
4821
4822 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
4823 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
4824 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
4825 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
4826 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
4827 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
4828 empty.
4829
4830 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
4831 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
4832 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
4833 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
4834 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
4835 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
4836 image to be applied onto the image.
4837
4838 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
4839 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
4840 in OS disk images.
4841
4842 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
4843 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
4844 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
4845 other output modes.
4846
4847 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
4848 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
4849 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
4850 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
4851
4852 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
4853 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
4854 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
4855 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
4856 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
4857 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
4858 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
4859 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
4860 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
4861 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
4862
4863 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
4864 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
4865 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
4866 recursively to whole subtrees.
4867
4868 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
4869 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
4870 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
4871 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
4872 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
4873 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
4874 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
4875 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
4876
4877 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
4878 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
4879 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
4880 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
4881 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
4882 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
4883 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
4884 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
4885 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
4886 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
4887 system asks for a password.
4888
4889 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
4890 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
4891 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
4892 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
4893 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
4894 up.
4895
4896 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
4897 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
4898 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
4899
4900 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
4901 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
4902 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
4903 virtualization.
4904
4905 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
4906 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
4907 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
4908 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
4909 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
4910 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
4911 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
4912 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
4913 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
4914 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
4915 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
4916 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
4917 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
4918 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
4919 directories:
4920
4921 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
4922
4923 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
4924 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
4925 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
4926
4927 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
4928 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
4929 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
4930 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
4931
4932 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
4933 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
4934
4935 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
4936 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
4937 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
4938 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
4939 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
4940 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
4941 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
4942 applications.
4943
4944 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
4945 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
4946 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
4947 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
4948 build time.
4949
4950 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
4951 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
4952 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
4953 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
4954 system call filter policy.
4955
4956 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
4957 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
4958 filtering is turned off.
4959
4960 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
4961 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
4962 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
4963 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
4964 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
4965 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
4966 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
4967 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
4968 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
4969
4970 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
4971 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
4972 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
4973 exited.
4974
4975 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
4976 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
4977
4978 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
4979 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
4980 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
4981 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
4982 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
4983 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
4984 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
4985 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
4986 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
4987 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
4988 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
4989 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
4990 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
4991 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
4992 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
4993 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
4994 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
4995 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
4996 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
4997 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
4998 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
4999 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
5000
5001 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
5002 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
5003 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
5004 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
5005 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
5006 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
5007 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
5008 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
5009 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
5010 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
5011 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
5012 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
5013 aforementioned service settings.
5014
5015 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
5016 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
5017 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
5018 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
5019 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
5020 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
5021 and populated — there is no time window where they are
5022 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
5023 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
5024 will start from the beginning.
5025
5026 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
5027 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
5028 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
5029 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
5030
5031 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
5032 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
5033 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
5034 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
5035 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
5036 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
5037 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
5038 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
5039 on, including in the initrd.
5040
5041 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
5042 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
5043 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
5044 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
5045
5046 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
5047 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
5048 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
5049 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
5050 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
5051
5052 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
5053 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
5054 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
5055 this property in its status output.
5056
5057 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
5058 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
5059 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
5060 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
5061 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
5062 more similarly to nss-resolve.
5063
5064 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
5065 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
5066 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
5067 ctime.
5068
5069 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
5070 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
5071
5072 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
5073 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
5074 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
5075 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
5076 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
5077 having to rebuild systemd.
5078
5079 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
5080 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
5081 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
5082 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
5083 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
5084 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
5085 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
5086 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
5087
5088 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
5089 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
5090 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
5091 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
5092 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
5093 hardlinks.
5094
5095 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
5096 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
5097 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
5098
5099 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
5100 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
5101 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
5102 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
5103
5104 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
5105 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
5106
5107 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
5108 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
5109 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
5110 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
5111 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
5112
5113 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
5114 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
5115 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
5116 compatibility).
5117
5118 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
5119 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
5120 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
5121 prefix will be assigned.
5122
5123 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
5124 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
5125 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
5126 The setting is enabled by default.
5127
5128 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
5129 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
5130
5131 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
5132 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
5133 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
5134 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
5135 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
5136 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
5137 debuggable.
5138
5139 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
5140 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
5141 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
5142 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
5143
5144 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
5145 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
5146
5147 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
5148 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
5149 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
5150 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
5151 environments where the root file system is
5152 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
5153 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
5154
5155 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
5156 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
5157 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
5158 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
5159 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
5160 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
5161 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
5162 later).
5163
5164 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
5165 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
5166 working with heavily threaded programs.
5167
5168 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
5169 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
5170 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
5171 desirable.
5172
5173 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
5174 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
5175 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
5176 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
5177 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
5178 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
5179
5180 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
5181 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
5182 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
5183 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
5184 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
5185
5186 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
5187 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
5188 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
5189 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
5190 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
5191 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
5192 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
5193 promises.
5194
5195 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
5196 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
5197 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
5198 promises.
5199
5200 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
5201 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
5202 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
5203 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
5204 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
5205 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
5206 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
5207 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
5208 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
5209
5210 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
5211 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
5212 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
5213 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
5214 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
5215 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
5216 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
5217 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
5218 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
5219
5220 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
5221 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
5222 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
5223 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
5224 like this.
5225
5226 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
5227 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
5228 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
5229 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
5230 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
5231 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
5232 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
5233 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
5234 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
5235
5236 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
5237 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
5238 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
5239 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
5240 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
5241 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
5242 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
5243 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
5244 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
5245 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
5246 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
5247 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
5248 appropriately.
5249
5250 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
5251 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
5252 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
5253 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
5254 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
5255 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
5256
5257 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
5258 contents in commented form in the text editor.
5259
5260 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
5261 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
5262 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
5263 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
5264 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
5265 protections for the different slices in the future.
5266
5267 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
5268 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
5269 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
5270 image dissection logic.
5271
5272 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
5273 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
5274 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
5275 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
5276 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
5277 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
5278 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5279 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
5280 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
5281 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
5282 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
5283 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
5284 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
5285 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
5286 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
5287 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
5288 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
5289 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
5290 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
5291 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
5292 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
5293 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
5294 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
5295 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
5296 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
5297 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
5298 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
5299 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
5300 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
5301 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
5302 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
5303 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5304 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
5305
5306 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
5307
5308 CHANGES WITH 246:
5309
5310 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
5311 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
5312 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
5313
5314 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
5315 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
5316
5317 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
5318 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
5319 based on the NUMA mask.
5320
5321 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
5322 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
5323 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
5324
5325 * Two new unit file settings
5326 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
5327 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
5328 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
5329 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
5330
5331 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
5332 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
5333 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
5334 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
5335 instance).
5336
5337 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
5338 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
5339 service's processes shall include.
5340
5341 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
5342 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
5343 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
5344 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
5345
5346 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
5347 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
5348 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
5349 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
5350 depending on socket type.
5351
5352 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
5353 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
5354 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
5355 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
5356 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
5357 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
5358 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
5359 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
5360 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
5361 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
5362
5363 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
5364 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
5365 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
5366 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
5367 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
5368 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
5369 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
5370 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
5371
5372 * .service unit files gained two new options
5373 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
5374 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
5375 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
5376
5377 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
5378 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
5379 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
5380 prefix is used.
5381
5382 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
5383 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
5384 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
5385 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
5386 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
5387 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
5388 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
5389 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
5390 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
5391 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
5392 key/certificate parameters support this now.
5393
5394 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
5395 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
5396 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
5397 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
5398 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
5399 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
5400
5401 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
5402 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
5403 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
5404 finally gone now.
5405
5406 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
5407 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
5408 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
5409 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
5410
5411 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
5412 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
5413 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
5414 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
5415 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
5416 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
5417 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
5418 which is quite likely a major security problem.
5419
5420 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
5421 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
5422 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
5423 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
5424 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
5425
5426 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
5427 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
5428 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
5429 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
5430 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
5431
5432 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
5433 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
5434 boot.
5435
5436 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
5437 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
5438 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
5439 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
5440 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
5441 device.
5442
5443 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
5444 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
5445 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
5446
5447 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
5448 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
5449 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
5450 conditions.
5451
5452 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
5453 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
5454 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
5455 in order to make test cases more reliable.
5456
5457 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
5458 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
5459 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
5460 the process that faulted.
5461
5462 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
5463 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
5464 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
5465
5466 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
5467 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
5468 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
5469 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
5470 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
5471
5472 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
5473 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
5474 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
5475 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
5476 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
5477
5478 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
5479 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
5480 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
5481 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
5482 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
5483
5484 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
5485 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
5486 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
5487 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
5488 frame ring buffer sizes.
5489
5490 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
5491 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
5492
5493 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
5494 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
5495
5496 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
5497 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
5498 automatically assigned to the interface.
5499
5500 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
5501 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
5502 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
5503 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
5504 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
5505 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
5506 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
5507 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
5508 mode for Assign=.
5509
5510 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
5511 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
5512 source addresses.
5513
5514 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
5515 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
5516 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
5517 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
5518 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
5519 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
5520 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
5521 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
5522 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
5523 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
5524
5525 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
5526 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
5527 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
5528 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
5529 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
5530 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
5531 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
5532
5533 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
5534 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
5535 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
5536 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
5537 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
5538 the RA packets suggest it.
5539
5540 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
5541 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
5542 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
5543 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
5544
5545 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
5546 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
5547 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
5548 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
5549 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
5550 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
5551 field.
5552
5553 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
5554 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
5555 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
5556 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
5557 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
5558 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
5559
5560 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
5561 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
5562
5563 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
5564 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
5565 the VLAN protocol to use.
5566
5567 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
5568 of the .network files, to control the link group.
5569
5570 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
5571 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
5572 link local address is generated.
5573
5574 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
5575 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
5576 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
5577 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
5578 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
5579 carefully picking an interface name to use.
5580
5581 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
5582 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
5583
5584 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
5585 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
5586
5587 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
5588 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
5589 are still understood to provide compatibility.
5590
5591 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
5592 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
5593 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
5594 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
5595 interfaces up or down.
5596
5597 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
5598 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
5599 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
5600 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
5601 interface may be specified (after "%").
5602
5603 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
5604 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
5605 public DNS servers are not used.
5606
5607 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
5608
5609 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
5610 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
5611 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
5612 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
5613 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
5614 defined by systemd-resolved).
5615
5616 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
5617 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
5618 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
5619
5620 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
5621 --property=…".
5622
5623 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
5624 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
5625 use --plain.
5626
5627 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
5628 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
5629 being deprecated in favor of this option.
5630
5631 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
5632 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
5633 process itself.
5634
5635 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
5636 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
5637 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
5638 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
5639 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
5640 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
5641 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
5642 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
5643 implementations.
5644
5645 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
5646 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
5647 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
5648 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
5649 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
5650 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
5651 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
5652 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
5653 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
5654
5655 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
5656 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
5657 initialization.
5658
5659 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
5660 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
5661 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
5662
5663 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
5664 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
5665 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
5666 without any decoration.
5667
5668 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
5669 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
5670 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
5671 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
5672 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
5673 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
5674
5675 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
5676 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
5677 coredump data from.
5678
5679 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
5680 the zstd algorithm.
5681
5682 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
5683 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
5684 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
5685 not block clean file system unmounting.
5686
5687 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
5688 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
5689 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
5690
5691 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
5692 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
5693 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
5694 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
5695
5696 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
5697 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
5698
5699 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
5700 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
5701 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
5702 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
5703 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
5704 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
5705 instead of operating on actual block devices.
5706
5707 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
5708 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
5709
5710 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
5711 instead of 0.
5712
5713 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
5714 specifier expansion.
5715
5716 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
5717 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
5718 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
5719 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
5720 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
5721
5722 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
5723 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
5724 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
5725 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
5726 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
5727
5728 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
5729 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
5730 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
5731 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
5732 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
5733 --fido2-device= option.
5734
5735 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
5736 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
5737 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
5738 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
5739 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
5740 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
5741 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
5742
5743 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
5744 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
5745 changed from ext2 to ext4.
5746
5747 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
5748 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
5749 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
5750 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
5751 before the system continues to boot.
5752
5753 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
5754 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
5755 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
5756 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
5757 instead of at installation time.
5758
5759 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
5760 volumes with automatically from files in
5761 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
5762 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
5763
5764 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
5765 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
5766
5767 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
5768 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
5769 instance.
5770
5771 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
5772 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
5773 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
5774 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
5775
5776 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
5777 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
5778 setup flag.
5779
5780 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
5781 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
5782 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
5783 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
5784 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
5785 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
5786 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
5787 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
5788 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
5789 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
5790 incremental).
5791
5792 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
5793 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
5794 which it then operates.
5795
5796 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
5797 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
5798 directories for various resources.
5799
5800 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
5801 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
5802 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
5803 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
5804 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
5805 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
5806 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
5807 via the new --no-block switch.
5808
5809 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
5810 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
5811 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
5812 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
5813 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
5814 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
5815 case.
5816
5817 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
5818 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
5819 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
5820 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
5821
5822 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
5823 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
5824 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
5825 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
5826 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
5827
5828 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
5829 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
5830 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
5831 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
5832 vtable is associated with.
5833
5834 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
5835 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
5836 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
5837 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
5838
5839 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
5840 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
5841 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
5842
5843 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
5844
5845 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
5846 document the methods, signals and properties.
5847
5848 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
5849 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
5850 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
5851 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
5852 desktops has been added:
5853
5854 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
5855 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
5856 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
5857
5858 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
5859 and has now moved to:
5860
5861 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
5862
5863 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
5864 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
5865 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
5866 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
5867 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
5868 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
5869 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
5870
5871 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
5872 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
5873 target of the service during runtime.
5874
5875 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
5876 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
5877 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
5878
5879 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
5880 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
5881 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
5882 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
5883 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
5884 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
5885 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
5886 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
5887 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
5888 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
5889 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
5890 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5891 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
5892 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
5893 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
5894 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
5895 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
5896 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
5897 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
5898 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
5899 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
5900 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
5901 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
5902 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
5903 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
5904 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
5905 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
5906 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
5907 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
5908 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
5909 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
5910 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
5911 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
5912 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
5913 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
5914 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
5915 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5916 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
5917
5918 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
5919
5920 CHANGES WITH 245:
5921
5922 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
5923 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
5924 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
5925 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
5926 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
5927 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
5928 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
5929 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
5930 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
5931 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
5932 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
5933 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
5934 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
5935 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
5936 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
5937 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
5938 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
5939 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
5940 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
5941 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
5942 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
5943
5944 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
5945 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
5946 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
5947 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
5948 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
5949 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
5950 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
5951 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
5952 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
5953 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
5954 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
5955 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
5956 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
5957 that for the first time resource management and various other
5958 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
5959 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
5960 to apply on login. For further details see:
5961
5962 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
5963 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
5964 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
5965
5966 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
5967 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
5968 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
5969 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
5970 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
5971 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
5972 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
5973 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
5974 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
5975
5976 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
5977
5978 For further details about the format and expectations on home
5979 directories this new daemon makes, see:
5980
5981 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
5982
5983 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
5984 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
5985 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
5986 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
5987 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
5988 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
5989 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
5990 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
5991 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
5992 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
5993 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
5994 usage limitations and other settings.
5995
5996 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
5997 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
5998 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
5999 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
6000 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
6001 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
6002 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
6003 resource usage.
6004
6005 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
6006 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
6007
6008 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
6009 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
6010 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
6011 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
6012 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
6013
6014 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
6015 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
6016 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
6017 itself and the default for all other processes.
6018
6019 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
6020 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
6021 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
6022 database into account.
6023
6024 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
6025 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
6026 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
6027 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
6028
6029 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
6030 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
6031 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
6032 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
6033 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
6034 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
6035 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
6036 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
6037 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
6038 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
6039
6040 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
6041 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
6042 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
6043 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
6044 event source watching it is freed).
6045
6046 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
6047 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
6048 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
6049 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
6050
6051 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
6052 (IFB) network devices.
6053
6054 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
6055 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
6056
6057 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
6058 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
6059 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
6060 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
6061 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
6062 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
6063
6064 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
6065 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
6066 with its sense inverted.
6067
6068 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
6069 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
6070 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
6071
6072 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
6073 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
6074 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
6075
6076 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
6077 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
6078 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
6079 to be used.
6080
6081 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
6082 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
6083 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
6084 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
6085 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
6086 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
6087 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
6088
6089 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
6090 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
6091 debugging purposes.
6092
6093 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
6094 group named differently than the user.
6095
6096 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
6097 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
6098 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
6099
6100 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
6101 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
6102 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
6103 /etc/fstab.
6104
6105 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
6106 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
6107 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
6108 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
6109
6110 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
6111 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
6112 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
6113 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
6114
6115 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
6116 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
6117 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
6118 Bernard.
6119
6120 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
6121 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
6122 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
6123 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
6124 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
6125 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
6126 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
6127 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
6128 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
6129 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
6130 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
6131
6132 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
6133 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
6134 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
6135 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
6136 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
6137 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
6138 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
6139 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
6140 command line option.
6141
6142 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
6143 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
6144
6145 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
6146 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
6147 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
6148 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
6149 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
6150 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
6151 systemd-timedated.
6152
6153 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
6154 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
6155 GPT partition table types.
6156
6157 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
6158 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
6159 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
6160
6161 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
6162
6163 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
6164 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
6165 for the respective units.
6166
6167 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
6168 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
6169 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
6170
6171 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
6172 "status" output.
6173
6174 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
6175 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
6176 disappear.
6177
6178 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
6179 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
6180 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
6181 address is used.
6182
6183 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
6184 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
6185 dropped from the individual setting names.
6186
6187 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
6188 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
6189 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
6190 such files in version 243.
6191
6192 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
6193 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
6194 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
6195
6196 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
6197 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
6198 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
6199
6200 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
6201 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
6202 with stopping and disablement.
6203
6204 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
6205 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
6206 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
6207 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
6208 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
6209 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
6210 some internal systemd services (most notably
6211 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
6212 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
6213 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
6214 this systemd release. See
6215 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
6216 additional discussion.
6217
6218 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
6219 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
6220 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
6221 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
6222 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
6223 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
6224 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6225 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
6226 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
6227 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
6228 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
6229 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
6230 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
6231 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
6232 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
6233 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
6234 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
6235 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
6236 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
6237 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
6238 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
6239 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
6240 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
6241 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
6242 DONG
6243
6244 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
6245
6246 CHANGES WITH 244:
6247
6248 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
6249 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
6250 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
6251 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
6252
6253 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
6254 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
6255 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
6256 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
6257
6258 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
6259 units.
6260
6261 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
6262 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
6263 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
6264 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
6265 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
6266 set the EFI variable.
6267
6268 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
6269 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
6270 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
6271 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
6272 and overrides the systemd setting.
6273
6274 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
6275 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
6276 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
6277 effect.)
6278
6279 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
6280 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
6281 that affects all corresponding unit files.
6282
6283 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
6284 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
6285
6286 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
6287 the unit being shown.
6288
6289 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
6290 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
6291 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
6292 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
6293 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
6294
6295 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
6296 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
6297 which need to use them.
6298
6299 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
6300 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
6301 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
6302 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
6303 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
6304 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
6305 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
6306 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
6307 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
6308 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
6309
6310 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
6311 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
6312 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
6313 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
6314 security tokens that were used previously.
6315
6316 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
6317 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
6318 improve power saving with many more devices.
6319
6320 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
6321 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
6322 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
6323
6324 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
6325 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
6326 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
6327 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
6328 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
6329
6330 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
6331 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
6332 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
6333 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
6334 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
6335
6336 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
6337 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
6338
6339 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
6340 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
6341
6342 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
6343 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
6344 now supported.
6345
6346 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
6347 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
6348
6349 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
6350 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
6351 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
6352
6353 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
6354 received from the server.
6355
6356 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
6357 set.
6358
6359 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
6360 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
6361
6362 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
6363 using a new SendOption= setting.
6364
6365 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
6366 service type" value used by the client.
6367
6368 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
6369 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
6370
6371 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
6372 a new SendOption= setting.
6373
6374 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
6375 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
6376
6377 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
6378 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
6379
6380 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
6381 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
6382 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
6383
6384 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
6385 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
6386 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
6387 BSSID for wireless links.
6388
6389 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
6390 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
6391
6392 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
6393 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
6394
6395 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
6396 disciplines in the kernel using the new
6397 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
6398 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
6399 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
6400 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
6401
6402 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
6403
6404 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
6405 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
6406 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
6407 on its own).
6408
6409 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
6410 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
6411 of the present time.
6412
6413 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
6414 reproducible image builds easier).
6415
6416 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
6417 Specification.
6418
6419 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
6420 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
6421 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
6422 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
6423
6424 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
6425 is being used.
6426
6427 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
6428
6429 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
6430 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
6431 path as the system manager.
6432
6433 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
6434 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
6435 representation").
6436
6437 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
6438 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
6439 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
6440 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
6441 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
6442 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
6443 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
6444 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
6445
6446 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
6447 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
6448 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
6449 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
6450 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
6451 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
6452 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
6453 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
6454 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
6455 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
6456 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
6457 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
6458 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
6459 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
6460 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
6461 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
6462 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
6463 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
6464 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
6465 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
6466 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
6467 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
6468 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6469
6470 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
6471
6472 CHANGES WITH 243:
6473
6474 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
6475 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
6476 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
6477 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
6478 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
6479 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
6480 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
6481 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
6482
6483 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
6484 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
6485 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
6486 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
6487 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
6488 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
6489 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
6490 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
6491 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
6492 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
6493 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
6494 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
6495 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
6496 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
6497 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
6498 documentation.
6499
6500 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
6501 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
6502 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
6503 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
6504 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
6505 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
6506 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
6507 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
6508 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
6509 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
6510 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
6511 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
6512 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
6513 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
6514 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
6515 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
6516
6517 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
6518 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
6519 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
6520 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
6521
6522 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
6523 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
6524
6525 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
6526 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
6527 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
6528 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
6529 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
6530 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
6531 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
6532 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
6533 caught up with the kernel API changes.
6534
6535 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
6536 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
6537 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
6538 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
6539 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
6540 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
6541 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
6542 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
6543 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
6544 packagers.
6545
6546 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
6547 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
6548
6549 build/man/man systemctl
6550 build/man/html systemd.index
6551
6552 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
6553 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
6554
6555 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
6556 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
6557 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
6558 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
6559 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
6560 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
6561
6562 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
6563 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
6564 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
6565 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
6566 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
6567 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
6568 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
6569 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
6570 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
6571 unambiguously distinguished.
6572
6573 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
6574 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
6575 very rarely used.
6576
6577 To replace this functionality, users should:
6578 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
6579 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
6580 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
6581 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
6582 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
6583
6584 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
6585 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
6586 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
6587 interfaces should really be matched.
6588
6589 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
6590 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
6591 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
6592 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
6593 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
6594 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
6595
6596 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
6597 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
6598 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
6599 stop the whole unit.
6600
6601 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
6602 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
6603 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
6604 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
6605 generated whenever a unit stops.
6606
6607 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
6608 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
6609 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
6610 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
6611
6612 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
6613 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
6614 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
6615 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
6616 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
6617
6618 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
6619 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
6620 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
6621 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
6622 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
6623 programs set up externally.
6624
6625 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
6626 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
6627 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
6628 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
6629
6630 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
6631 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
6632 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
6633 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
6634 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
6635 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
6636 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
6637
6638 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
6639 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
6640 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
6641 as before.
6642
6643 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
6644 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
6645 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
6646 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
6647 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
6648 links on terminals that support that.
6649
6650 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
6651 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
6652 unmounted safely during shutdown.
6653
6654 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
6655
6656 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
6657 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
6658 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
6659 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
6660 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
6661 The default remains unchanged.
6662
6663 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
6664 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
6665
6666 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
6667 udev property.
6668
6669 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
6670 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
6671 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
6672
6673 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
6674 interfaces natively.
6675
6676 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
6677 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
6678 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
6679 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
6680
6681 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
6682 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
6683 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
6684 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
6685 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
6686 RELEASE message when terminating.
6687
6688 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
6689 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
6690
6691 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
6692 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
6693 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
6694 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
6695 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
6696 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
6697 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
6698
6699 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
6700 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
6701 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
6702 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
6703 added to the GENEVE support.
6704
6705 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
6706 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
6707 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
6708 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
6709 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
6710
6711 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
6712 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
6713 onto the network device.
6714
6715 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
6716 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
6717 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
6718 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
6719 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
6720
6721 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
6722 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
6723 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
6724
6725 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
6726 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
6727
6728 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
6729 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
6730
6731 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
6732 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
6733 statistics.
6734
6735 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
6736 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
6737 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
6738
6739 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
6740 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
6741
6742 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
6743 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
6744 specific udev properties.
6745
6746 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
6747 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
6748 "lo" as underlying device.
6749
6750 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
6751 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
6752 IP addresses, too.
6753
6754 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
6755 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
6756 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
6757 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
6758
6759 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
6760 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
6761 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
6762 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
6763
6764 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
6765 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
6766 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
6767
6768 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
6769 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
6770 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
6771
6772 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
6773
6774 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
6775 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
6776 does the same for recurring calendar events.
6777
6778 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
6779 durations as opposed to points in time).
6780
6781 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
6782 expressions.
6783
6784 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
6785 codes to their names and back.
6786
6787 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
6788 file paths and unit aliases.
6789
6790 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
6791 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
6792 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
6793 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
6794
6795 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
6796 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
6797 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
6798 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
6799 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
6800 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
6801 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
6802 udev rules for that purpose.
6803
6804 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
6805 a device to be initialized.
6806
6807 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
6808 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
6809 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
6810
6811 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
6812 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
6813 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
6814 with gcc's cleanup extension.
6815
6816 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
6817 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
6818 with printf().
6819
6820 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
6821 XML introspection data unmodified.
6822
6823 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
6824 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
6825 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
6826 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
6827
6828 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
6829 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
6830 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
6831 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
6832 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
6833 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
6834 configured to handle the watchdog.
6835
6836 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
6837 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
6838 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
6839
6840 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
6841 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
6842 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
6843
6844 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
6845 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
6846 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
6847 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
6848 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
6849
6850 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
6851 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
6852 review.
6853
6854 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
6855 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
6856
6857 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
6858 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
6859
6860 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
6861 failures to apply them are now ignored.
6862
6863 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
6864 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
6865 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
6866 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
6867
6868 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
6869 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
6870 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
6871 service.
6872
6873 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
6874 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
6875 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
6876 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
6877 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
6878 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
6879 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
6880 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
6881 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
6882 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
6883 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
6884 a seed was received from the boot loader.
6885
6886 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
6887
6888 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
6889 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
6890 above.
6891
6892 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
6893 installed.
6894
6895 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
6896 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
6897 bootloader entry).
6898
6899 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
6900 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
6901
6902 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
6903
6904 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
6905 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
6906 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
6907 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
6908 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
6909
6910 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
6911 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
6912 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
6913
6914 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
6915 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
6916
6917 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
6918 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
6919 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
6920
6921 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
6922 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
6923 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
6924 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
6925 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
6926 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
6927 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
6928 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
6929 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
6930 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
6931 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
6932 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
6933 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
6934 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
6935 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
6936 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
6937 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
6938 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
6939 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6940 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
6941 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
6942 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
6943 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
6944 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
6945 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
6946 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
6947 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
6948 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
6949 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
6950 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
6951
6952 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
6953
6954 CHANGES WITH 242:
6955
6956 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
6957 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
6958 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
6959 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
6960 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
6961 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
6962 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
6963
6964 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
6965 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
6966
6967 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
6968 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
6969 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
6970 may be used to view this.
6971
6972 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
6973 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
6974 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
6975 ```
6976 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
6977 [Match]
6978 Type=bridge
6979
6980 [Link]
6981 MACAddressPolicy=none
6982 ```
6983
6984 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
6985 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
6986 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
6987 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
6988 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
6989 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
6990 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
6991
6992 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
6993 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
6994
6995 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
6996 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
6997
6998 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
6999 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
7000
7001 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
7002 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
7003 is a USB peripheral).
7004
7005 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
7006 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
7007 measured.
7008
7009 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
7010 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
7011 have privileges to do so).
7012
7013 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
7014 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
7015 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
7016
7017 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
7018 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
7019 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
7020 namespace.
7021
7022 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
7023 in which case environment variable substitution is
7024 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
7025
7026 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
7027 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
7028 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
7029 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
7030 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
7031
7032 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
7033 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
7034 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
7035 installed CPU cores.
7036
7037 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
7038 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
7039 kernel 4.15.
7040
7041 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
7042 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
7043 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
7044 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
7045 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
7046
7047 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
7048 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
7049 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
7050
7051 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
7052 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
7053 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
7054 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
7055 enslaved devices is not operational.
7056
7057 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
7058 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
7059
7060 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
7061 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
7062 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
7063 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
7064 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
7065 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
7066
7067 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
7068 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
7069
7070 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
7071
7072 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
7073 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
7074 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
7075
7076 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
7077 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
7078
7079 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
7080 configure CAN triple sampling.
7081
7082 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
7083 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
7084
7085 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
7086 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
7087 details.
7088
7089 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
7090 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
7091 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
7092 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
7093 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
7094 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
7095
7096 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
7097
7098 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
7099 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
7100 controlling project quota inheritance.
7101
7102 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
7103 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
7104 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
7105 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
7106 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
7107 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
7108 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
7109 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
7110 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
7111 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
7112 partition.
7113
7114 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
7115 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
7116 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
7117 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
7118 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
7119
7120 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
7121 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
7122
7123 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
7124 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
7125 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
7126 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
7127 be used in production yet.
7128
7129 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
7130 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
7131 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
7132 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
7133 input, output, and error are set up.
7134
7135 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
7136
7137 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
7138 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
7139 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
7140
7141 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
7142 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
7143 the specified expression will elapse next.
7144
7145 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
7146 introspection data.
7147
7148 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
7149 the reboot() system call expects.
7150
7151 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
7152 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
7153 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
7154
7155 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
7156 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
7157 ConditionVirtualization=).
7158
7159 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
7160 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
7161 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
7162 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
7163 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
7164 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
7165 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
7166 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
7167 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
7168 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
7169 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
7170 during reboot with their own operations.
7171
7172 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
7173 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
7174 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
7175 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
7176
7177 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
7178 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
7179 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
7180 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
7181 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
7182
7183 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
7184 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
7185
7186 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
7187 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
7188 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
7189 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
7190 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
7191 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
7192 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
7193 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
7194 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
7195
7196 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
7197 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
7198 prohibited.
7199
7200 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
7201 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
7202 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
7203 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
7204 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
7205 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
7206 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
7207 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
7208
7209 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
7210 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
7211 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
7212 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
7213 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
7214 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
7215 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
7216 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
7217 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
7218 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
7219 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7220 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
7221 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
7222 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
7223 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
7224 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
7225 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
7226 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7227
7228 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
7229
7230 CHANGES WITH 241:
7231
7232 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
7233 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
7234 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
7235
7236 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
7237 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
7238 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
7239 include the package release information.
7240
7241 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
7242 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
7243 option.
7244
7245 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
7246 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
7247 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
7248
7249 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
7250 again.
7251
7252 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
7253 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
7254 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
7255 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
7256 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
7257 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
7258 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
7259 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
7260 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
7261 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
7262 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
7263 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
7264 installed .link files to *not* include it.
7265
7266 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
7267 "persistent", now works again as documented.
7268
7269 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
7270 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
7271
7272 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
7273 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
7274 used for side-channel attacks.
7275
7276 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
7277 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
7278 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
7279
7280 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
7281 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
7282 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
7283 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
7284 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
7285 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
7286
7287 fs.protected_regular = 0
7288 fs.protected_fifos = 0
7289
7290 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
7291 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
7292
7293 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
7294 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
7295 POSIX shells.
7296
7297 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
7298 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
7299
7300 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
7301 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
7302 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
7303 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
7304 points but otherwise empty.
7305
7306 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
7307 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
7308 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
7309
7310 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
7311 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
7312
7313 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
7314 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
7315
7316 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
7317 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
7318 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
7319 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
7320 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
7321 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
7322 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
7323 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
7324 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
7325 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7326 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7327 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
7328 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
7329 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
7330 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
7331 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7332 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
7333
7334 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
7335
7336 CHANGES WITH 240:
7337
7338 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
7339 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
7340 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
7341 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
7342 an SELinux policy update is required.
7343 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
7344
7345 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
7346 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
7347 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
7348 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
7349 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
7350 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
7351 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
7352 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
7353 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
7354 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
7355
7356 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
7357 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
7358 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
7359 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
7360 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
7361 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
7362 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
7363 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
7364 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
7365 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
7366 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
7367 the search path.
7368
7369 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
7370 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
7371 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
7372 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
7373 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
7374 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
7375 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
7376 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
7377 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
7378 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
7379 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
7380 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
7381 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
7382 start job.
7383
7384 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
7385 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
7386 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
7387 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
7388 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
7389 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
7390 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
7391 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
7392 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
7393 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
7394
7395 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
7396 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
7397 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
7398 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
7399 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
7400 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
7401 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
7402 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
7403 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
7404 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
7405 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
7406 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
7407 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
7408 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
7409 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
7410 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
7411 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
7412 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
7413 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
7414 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
7415 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
7416 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
7417 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
7418 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
7419 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
7420 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
7421 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
7422 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
7423 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
7424 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
7425 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
7426 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
7427 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
7428 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
7429 Java.)
7430
7431 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
7432 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
7433 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
7434 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
7435 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
7436 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
7437 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
7438 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
7439 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
7440 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
7441
7442 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
7443 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
7444 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
7445 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
7446 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
7447 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
7448
7449 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
7450 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
7451 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
7452 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
7453 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
7454
7455 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
7456 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
7457
7458 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
7459 reverted.
7460
7461 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
7462 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
7463 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
7464
7465 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
7466 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
7467
7468 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
7469 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
7470 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
7471
7472 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
7473 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
7474 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
7475 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
7476 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
7477 latency.
7478
7479 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
7480 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
7481
7482 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
7483 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
7484 instance part of a unit name.
7485
7486 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
7487 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
7488 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
7489 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
7490 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
7491 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
7492 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
7493 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
7494 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
7495
7496 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
7497 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
7498 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
7499 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
7500
7501 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
7502 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
7503 to a file, and appending to it.
7504
7505 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
7506 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
7507 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
7508 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
7509 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
7510 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
7511
7512 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
7513 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
7514 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
7515 having to touch C code.
7516
7517 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
7518 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
7519
7520 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
7521 DNS-over-TLS.
7522
7523 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
7524 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
7525 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
7526
7527 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
7528 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
7529 until the system finished start-up.
7530
7531 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
7532
7533 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
7534 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
7535 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
7536 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
7537 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
7538 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
7539 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
7540
7541 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
7542 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
7543 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
7544 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
7545 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
7546 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
7547 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
7548 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
7549 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
7550 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
7551 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
7552 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
7553
7554 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
7555 instantiate services.
7556
7557 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
7558 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
7559
7560 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
7561 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
7562 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
7563
7564 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
7565 it is neither used nor maintained.
7566
7567 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
7568 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
7569 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
7570 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
7571 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
7572 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
7573 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
7574 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
7575 separated by colons.
7576
7577 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
7578 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
7579
7580 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
7581 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
7582
7583 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
7584 "ethtool advertise" commands.
7585
7586 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
7587 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
7588 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
7589 directly.
7590
7591 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
7592 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
7593 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
7594 ID.
7595
7596 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
7597 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
7598
7599 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
7600 and LOGO=.
7601
7602 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
7603 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
7604 from any hibernated image.
7605
7606 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
7607 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
7608 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
7609 kernel exports them.
7610
7611 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
7612 /usr/bin/.
7613
7614 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
7615 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
7616 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
7617 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
7618 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
7619 now documented here:
7620
7621 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
7622
7623 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
7624 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
7625 installs during early boot.
7626
7627 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
7628 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
7629
7630 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
7631 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
7632
7633 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
7634 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
7635 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
7636
7637 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
7638 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
7639 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
7640 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
7641 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
7642 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
7643 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
7644 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
7645 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
7646 is on AC power.
7647
7648 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
7649 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
7650 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
7651 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
7652 see:
7653
7654 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
7655
7656 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
7657 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
7658 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
7659 and container environments.
7660
7661 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
7662 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
7663 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
7664 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
7665
7666 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
7667 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
7668 journald per-service.
7669
7670 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
7671 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
7672
7673 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
7674 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
7675 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
7676 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
7677
7678 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
7679 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
7680 groups.
7681
7682 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
7683 --ephemeral command line switch.
7684
7685 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
7686 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
7687 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
7688 object itself.
7689
7690 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
7691 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
7692 not unloaded).
7693
7694 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
7695 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
7696 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
7697
7698 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
7699 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
7700 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
7701 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
7702 "dead" state on success.
7703
7704 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
7705 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
7706 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
7707 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
7708 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
7709 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
7710 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
7711 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
7712 well-defined system service context.
7713
7714 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
7715 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
7716 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
7717 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
7718
7719 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
7720 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
7721 continue to be used.
7722
7723 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
7724 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
7725 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
7726 for example:
7727
7728 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
7729
7730 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
7731 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
7732 the command line's exit code.
7733
7734 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
7735
7736 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
7737
7738 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
7739 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
7740 support to systemctl and all other commands.
7741
7742 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
7743 name as argument.
7744
7745 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
7746 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
7747 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
7748 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
7749 is improved.
7750
7751 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
7752 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
7753 initialize one to all 0xFF.
7754
7755 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
7756 all files and directories listed in
7757 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
7758 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
7759 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
7760 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
7761 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
7762 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
7763 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
7764 the transition to the host OS.
7765
7766 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
7767 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
7768 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
7769 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
7770 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
7771 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
7772 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
7773 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
7774 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
7775 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
7776 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
7777 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
7778 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
7779 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
7780 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
7781 these are opened they don't work.
7782
7783 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
7784 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
7785 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
7786 logic works again.
7787
7788 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
7789 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
7790 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
7791 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
7792 ignore it.
7793
7794 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
7795 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
7796 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
7797 commands.
7798
7799 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
7800 pam_systemd anymore.
7801
7802 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
7803 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
7804 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
7805 policy took effect.
7806
7807 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
7808 python-3.5.
7809
7810 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
7811 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
7812 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
7813 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
7814 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
7815 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
7816 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
7817 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
7818 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
7819 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
7820 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
7821 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
7822 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
7823 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
7824 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
7825 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
7826 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7827 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
7828 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
7829 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
7830 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
7831 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
7832 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
7833 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
7834 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
7835 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
7836 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7837 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
7838 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
7839 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
7840 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
7841 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
7842 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
7843 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
7844 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
7845 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
7846 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
7847 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
7848 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
7849 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
7850 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
7851 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
7852 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
7853 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
7854 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
7855
7856 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
7857
7858 CHANGES WITH 239:
7859
7860 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
7861 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
7862 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
7863 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
7864 a slot number associated.
7865
7866 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
7867 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
7868 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
7869 independent.
7870
7871 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
7872 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
7873 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
7874
7875 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
7876 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
7877 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
7878 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
7879
7880 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
7881 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
7882 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
7883 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
7884 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
7885 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
7886 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
7887 e.g. NIS.
7888
7889 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
7890 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
7891 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
7892 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
7893 may be necessary to update the file.
7894
7895 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
7896 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
7897 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
7898 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
7899 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
7900 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
7901 documentation.
7902
7903 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
7904 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
7905 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
7906 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
7907 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
7908 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
7909 them.
7910
7911 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
7912 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
7913 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
7914 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
7915 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
7916
7917 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
7918 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
7919 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
7920 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
7921 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
7922 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
7923 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
7924 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
7925
7926 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
7927 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
7928 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
7929 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
7930 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
7931
7932 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
7933 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
7934 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
7935 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
7936 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
7937
7938 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
7939 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
7940 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
7941
7942 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
7943 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
7944 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
7945 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
7946 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
7947 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
7948 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
7949 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
7950 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
7951 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
7952 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
7953 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
7954 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
7955 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
7956 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
7957 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
7958 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
7959 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
7960 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
7961 from.
7962
7963 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
7964 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
7965 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
7966 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
7967
7968 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
7969 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
7970 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
7971 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
7972
7973 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
7974 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
7975 hibernates again.
7976
7977 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
7978 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
7979 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
7980
7981 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
7982 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
7983 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
7984
7985 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
7986 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
7987 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
7988 was not configurable and set to 512.
7989
7990 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
7991 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
7992 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
7993 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
7994 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
7995 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
7996 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
7997 in particular su and sudo.
7998
7999 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
8000 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
8001 synchronization has been received from the network. This
8002 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
8003 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
8004 services.
8005
8006 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
8007 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
8008 files should work for hibernation now.
8009
8010 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
8011 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
8012 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
8013 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
8014 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
8015 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
8016 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
8017 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
8018 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
8019 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
8020 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
8021 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
8022 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
8023 name following the last dash.
8024
8025 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
8026 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
8027 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
8028 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
8029 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
8030
8031 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
8032 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
8033 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
8034 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
8035 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
8036 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
8037
8038 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
8039 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
8040 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
8041 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
8042
8043 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
8044 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
8045 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
8046 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
8047 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
8048
8049 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
8050 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
8051 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
8052 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
8053 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
8054 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
8055 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
8056 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
8057 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
8058 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
8059 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
8060 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
8061 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
8062
8063 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
8064 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
8065 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
8066 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
8067 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
8068 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
8069 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
8070 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
8071 settings.
8072
8073 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
8074 expiration feature, if it is available.
8075
8076 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
8077 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
8078 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
8079
8080 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
8081 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
8082
8083 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
8084
8085 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
8086 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
8087
8088 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
8089 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
8090 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
8091 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
8092 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
8093 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
8094 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
8095 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
8096 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
8097 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
8098 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
8099
8100 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
8101 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
8102 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
8103 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
8104
8105 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
8106 about its state.
8107
8108 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
8109 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
8110 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
8111 "timedatectl set-ntp".
8112
8113 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
8114 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
8115 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
8116 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
8117 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
8118 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
8119 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
8120 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
8121 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
8122 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
8123 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
8124
8125 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
8126 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
8127
8128 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
8129 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
8130 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
8131 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
8132 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
8133 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
8134
8135 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
8136 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
8137 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
8138 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
8139 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
8140 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
8141 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
8142
8143 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
8144 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
8145 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
8146 shown.)
8147
8148 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
8149 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
8150 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
8151 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
8152 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
8153 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
8154 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
8155 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
8156 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
8157
8158 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
8159 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
8160 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
8161
8162 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
8163 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
8164 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
8165 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
8166 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
8167 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
8168 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
8169 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
8170
8171 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
8172
8173 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
8174 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
8175 automatically when the system clock changed.)
8176
8177 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
8178 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
8179
8180 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
8181 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
8182 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
8183
8184 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
8185
8186 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
8187
8188 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
8189 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
8190
8191 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
8192 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
8193 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
8194 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
8195 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
8196 external user databases.
8197
8198 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
8199 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
8200 refused due to the enforced limits.
8201
8202 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
8203 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
8204 manages.
8205
8206 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
8207 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
8208 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
8209 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
8210 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
8211 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
8212 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
8213 where this is now used by default.
8214
8215 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
8216 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
8217
8218 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
8219 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
8220 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
8221 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
8222 update process in a generic way.
8223
8224 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
8225
8226 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
8227 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
8228 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
8229 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
8230 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
8231 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
8232 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
8233 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
8234 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
8235 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
8236 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
8237 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
8238 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
8239 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
8240 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
8241 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
8242 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
8243 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
8244 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
8245 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
8246 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
8247 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
8248 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
8249 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
8250 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
8251 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
8252 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
8253 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
8254 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8255
8256 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
8257
8258 CHANGES WITH 238:
8259
8260 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
8261 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
8262 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
8263 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
8264 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
8265 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
8266 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
8267 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
8268 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
8269 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
8270 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
8271 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
8272 to revert this change.
8273
8274 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
8275 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
8276 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
8277 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
8278 once at the end of the transaction.
8279
8280 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
8281 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
8282 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
8283 scripts.
8284
8285 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
8286 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
8287 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
8288 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
8289 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
8290 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
8291 still allowing local admin overrides.
8292
8293 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
8294 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
8295 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
8296
8297 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
8298 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
8299 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
8300 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
8301 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
8302
8303 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
8304 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
8305 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
8306 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
8307 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
8308 from package installation scripts.
8309
8310 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
8311 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
8312 without the user number ("u username -:456").
8313
8314 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
8315 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
8316
8317 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
8318 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
8319 /sbin/nologin for other users).
8320
8321 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
8322 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
8323 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
8324 --systemd, --user, or --global).
8325
8326 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
8327 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
8328 which are triggered meanwhile).
8329
8330 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
8331 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
8332 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
8333 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
8334 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
8335
8336 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
8337 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
8338 rotated very quickly.
8339
8340 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
8341 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
8342 pending bus messages.
8343
8344 * systemd gained a new
8345 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
8346 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
8347 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
8348 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
8349 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
8350 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
8351 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
8352 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
8353 session scope.
8354
8355 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
8356 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
8357 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
8358 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
8359 the tree to be accessed.
8360
8361 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
8362 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
8363 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
8364
8365 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
8366 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
8367 to keys in the main keyring.
8368
8369 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
8370
8371 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
8372 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
8373
8374 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
8375
8376 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
8377 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
8378 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
8379 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
8380 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
8381 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
8382 explicitly.
8383
8384 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
8385 the colour of "OK" status messages.
8386
8387 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
8388 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
8389 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
8390 be restarted.
8391
8392 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
8393 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
8394
8395 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
8396 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
8397 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
8398 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
8399 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
8400 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
8401 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
8402 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8403 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
8404 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
8405 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
8406 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
8407 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8408 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8409 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
8410 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
8411
8412 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
8413
8414 CHANGES WITH 237:
8415
8416 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
8417 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
8418 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
8419 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
8420
8421 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
8422 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
8423 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
8424 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
8425 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
8426 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
8427 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
8428 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
8429 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
8430 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
8431
8432 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
8433 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
8434 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
8435 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
8436 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
8437 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
8438 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
8439 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
8440 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
8441 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
8442
8443 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
8444 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
8445 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
8446 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
8447 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
8448 now provides explicit control.
8449
8450 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
8451 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
8452 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
8453 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
8454 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
8455 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
8456 unit types that already supported transient operation.
8457
8458 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
8459 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
8460 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
8461
8462 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
8463 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
8464
8465 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
8466 .network files all gained support for a new condition
8467 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
8468 versions.
8469
8470 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
8471 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
8472 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
8473 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
8474 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
8475 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
8476 understands RapidCommit=.
8477
8478 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
8479 Delegation.
8480
8481 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
8482 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
8483 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
8484 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
8485 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
8486 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
8487 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
8488 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
8489 --watch-bind= command line switch.
8490
8491 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
8492 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
8493 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
8494 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
8495 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
8496 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
8497 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
8498 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
8499 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
8500 "Disconnected" signals).
8501
8502 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
8503 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
8504 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
8505 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
8506 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
8507 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
8508 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
8509 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
8510 round-trips are removed.
8511
8512 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
8513 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
8514 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
8515 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
8516
8517 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
8518 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
8519 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
8520 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
8521 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
8522 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
8523
8524 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
8525 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
8526 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
8527 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
8528 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
8529 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
8530 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
8531 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
8532 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
8533 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
8534
8535 * sd-event gained a new call pair
8536 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
8537 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
8538 when the event source is destroyed.
8539
8540 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
8541 connections.
8542
8543 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
8544 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
8545 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
8546 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
8547 new transitional flag file has been added: if
8548 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
8549 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
8550
8551 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
8552 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
8553 manager.
8554
8555 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
8556 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
8557 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
8558 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
8559 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
8560
8561 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
8562 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
8563 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
8564 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
8565 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
8566 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
8567
8568 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
8569 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
8570 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
8571 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
8572 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
8573 level/target is given as an argument.
8574
8575 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
8576 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
8577 where UID and GID do not match.
8578
8579 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
8580 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
8581 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
8582 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
8583 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
8584 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
8585 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
8586 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
8587 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
8588 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
8589 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
8590 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
8591 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8592 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
8593 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
8594 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
8595 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
8596 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
8597 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
8598 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
8599 Палаузов
8600
8601 — Brno, 2018-01-28
8602
8603 CHANGES WITH 236:
8604
8605 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
8606 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
8607 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
8608 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
8609
8610 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
8611 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
8612 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
8613 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
8614 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
8615 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
8616 valid specifiers today.)
8617
8618 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
8619 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
8620 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
8621 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
8622 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
8623 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
8624
8625 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
8626 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
8627 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
8628 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
8629
8630 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
8631 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
8632 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
8633 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
8634 services are resolved properly.
8635
8636 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
8637 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
8638 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
8639 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
8640 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
8641 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
8642 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
8643 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
8644 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
8645 and btrfs.
8646
8647 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
8648 DNS server and domain information.
8649
8650 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
8651 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
8652 runtime.
8653
8654 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
8655 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
8656 empty for the first time.
8657
8658 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
8659 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
8660 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
8661 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
8662 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
8663 running in the user session.
8664
8665 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
8666 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
8667 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
8668 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
8669 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
8670 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
8671 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8672 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
8673 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
8674 user instance).
8675
8676 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
8677 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
8678
8679 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
8680 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
8681 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
8682 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
8683
8684 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
8685 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
8686
8687 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
8688 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
8689 sleep verbs.
8690
8691 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
8692
8693 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
8694 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
8695
8696 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
8697
8698 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
8699 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
8700 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
8701
8702 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
8703 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
8704 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
8705 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
8706 instance.
8707
8708 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
8709 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
8710 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
8711
8712 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
8713 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
8714 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
8715
8716 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
8717
8718 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
8719 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
8720 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
8721 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
8722 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
8723 processes.
8724
8725 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
8726 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
8727 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
8728 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
8729
8730 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
8731 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
8732 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
8733
8734 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
8735 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
8736 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
8737 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
8738 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
8739
8740 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
8741 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
8742
8743 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
8744 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
8745 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
8746 time the specified expression would elapse.
8747
8748 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
8749 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
8750 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
8751 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
8752 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
8753 types, not just services.
8754
8755 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
8756 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
8757 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
8758 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
8759
8760 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
8761 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
8762 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
8763 interface for this purpose.
8764
8765 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
8766 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
8767 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
8768 anyway.
8769
8770 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
8771 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
8772 requirements of systemd.
8773
8774 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
8775 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
8776 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
8777
8778 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
8779 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
8780 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
8781 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
8782
8783 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
8784 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
8785 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
8786 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
8787
8788 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
8789 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
8790
8791 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
8792 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
8793 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
8794 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
8795 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
8796 managing software supports (such as pppd).
8797
8798 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
8799 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
8800 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
8801
8802 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
8803 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
8804 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
8805 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
8806 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
8807 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
8808 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
8809 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
8810 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
8811 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
8812 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
8813 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
8814 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
8815 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
8816 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
8817 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
8818 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
8819 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8820 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
8821 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
8822 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
8823 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8824 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
8825
8826 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
8827
8828 CHANGES WITH 235:
8829
8830 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
8831 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
8832 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
8833 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
8834 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
8835 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
8836 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
8837 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
8838 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
8839 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
8840 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
8841 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
8842 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
8843 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
8844 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
8845 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
8846 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
8847 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
8848 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
8849 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
8850 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
8851 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
8852 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
8853 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
8854 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
8855 IPAddressDeny= see below.
8856
8857 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
8858 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
8859 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8860 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
8861 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
8862 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
8863 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
8864 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
8865
8866 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
8867 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
8868 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
8869 used to change those values.
8870
8871 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
8872 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
8873 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
8874 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
8875 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
8876 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
8877
8878 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
8879 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
8880 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
8881 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
8882
8883 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
8884 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
8885 one top-level directory.
8886
8887 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
8888 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
8889 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
8890 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
8891 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
8892 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
8893 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
8894 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
8895 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
8896 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
8897 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
8898 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
8899 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
8900 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
8901 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
8902
8903 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
8904 Meson-only.
8905
8906 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
8907 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
8908 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
8909 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
8910 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
8911 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
8912 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
8913 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
8914 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
8915 acceptable to us.
8916
8917 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
8918 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
8919 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
8920 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
8921 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
8922 requested at build time.
8923
8924 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
8925 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
8926 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
8927 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
8928 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
8929 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
8930 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
8931 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
8932 Type= setting which permits configuring
8933 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
8934
8935 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
8936 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
8937 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
8938 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
8939 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
8940 local frames between bridge ports.
8941
8942 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
8943 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
8944 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
8945
8946 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
8947 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
8948
8949 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
8950 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
8951 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
8952 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
8953
8954 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
8955 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
8956 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
8957 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
8958 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
8959 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
8960 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
8961 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
8962
8963 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
8964 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
8965 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
8966 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
8967 command.)
8968
8969 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
8970 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
8971 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
8972
8973 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
8974 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
8975 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
8976 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
8977
8978 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
8979 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
8980 configured, except for the credentials applied by
8981 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
8982 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
8983 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
8984 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
8985 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
8986 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
8987 on systems where this is not supported.
8988
8989 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
8990 sockets.
8991
8992 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
8993 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
8994 during runtime.
8995
8996 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
8997 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
8998 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
8999
9000 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
9001 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
9002 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
9003
9004 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
9005 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
9006 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
9007 Following this logic, two new special targets
9008 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
9009 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
9010 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
9011
9012 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
9013 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
9014 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
9015 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
9016
9017 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
9018 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
9019 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
9020 --wait".
9021
9022 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
9023 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
9024 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
9025 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
9026 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
9027 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
9028 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
9029 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
9030 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
9031
9032 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
9033 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
9034 containing information about the consumed resources of this
9035 invocation.
9036
9037 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
9038 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
9039 processes.
9040
9041 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
9042 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
9043 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
9044 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
9045 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
9046 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
9047 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
9048 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
9049 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
9050 systems for all five operations.
9051
9052 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
9053 the system.
9054
9055 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
9056 than UTC or the local timezone.
9057
9058 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
9059 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
9060 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
9061 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
9062 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
9063 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
9064 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
9065 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
9066
9067 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
9068 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
9069 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
9070 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
9071 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
9072 again.
9073
9074 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
9075 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
9076 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
9077
9078 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
9079 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
9080 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
9081 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
9082 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
9083 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
9084 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
9085 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
9086 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
9087 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
9088 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
9089 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
9090 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
9091 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
9092 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
9093 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
9094 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
9095 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
9096 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
9097 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9098
9099 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
9100
9101 CHANGES WITH 234:
9102
9103 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
9104 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
9105 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
9106 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9107 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
9108 summary:
9109
9110 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
9111
9112 becomes:
9113
9114 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
9115
9116 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
9117 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
9118 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
9119 .device units.
9120
9121 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
9122 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
9123 running a systemd user instance.
9124
9125 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
9126 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
9127 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
9128 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
9129 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
9130 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
9131
9132 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
9133
9134 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
9135 (domain search list).
9136
9137 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
9138 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
9139 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
9140 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
9141 implementation of RA.
9142
9143 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
9144 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
9145 ISO date values.
9146
9147 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
9148 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
9149 devices.
9150
9151 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
9152 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
9153 option.
9154
9155 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
9156 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
9157 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
9158 default yet.
9159
9160 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
9161 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
9162 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
9163 SHA256SUMS files.
9164
9165 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
9166 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
9167
9168 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
9169
9170 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
9171
9172 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
9173 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
9174
9175 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
9176 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
9177 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
9178 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
9179
9180 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
9181 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
9182 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9183 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
9184 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
9185 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
9186 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
9187 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
9188 systemd-logind to be safe. See
9189 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
9190
9191 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
9192 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
9193 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
9194 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
9195 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
9196 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
9197 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
9198 after all the plugins exit.
9199
9200 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
9201 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
9202 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
9203 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
9204 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
9205 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
9206 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
9207 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
9208
9209 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
9210 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
9211 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
9212 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
9213 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
9214 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
9215 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
9216 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9217 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
9218 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
9219 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
9220 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
9221 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
9222 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
9223 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
9224 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9225 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
9226 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
9227 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
9228 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
9229 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
9230 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
9231 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
9232 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
9233 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
9234 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
9235 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
9236 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
9237 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
9238 Георгиевски
9239
9240 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
9241
9242 CHANGES WITH 233:
9243
9244 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
9245 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
9246 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
9247 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
9248 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
9249 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
9250 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
9251 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
9252 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
9253
9254 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
9255 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
9256 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
9257 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
9258 default selected on the configure command line
9259 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
9260 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
9261 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
9262 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
9263 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
9264 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
9265 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
9266 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
9267 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
9268 greatest stability and compatibility only.
9269
9270 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
9271 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
9272 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
9273 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
9274 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
9275 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
9276 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
9277 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
9278 further details about this.)
9279
9280 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
9281 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
9282 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
9283
9284 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
9285 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
9286
9287 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
9288 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
9289 with 'make install-tests'.
9290
9291 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
9292 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
9293 kernel.
9294
9295 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
9296 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
9297 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
9298 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
9299 by the Slice= option.
9300
9301 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
9302 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
9303 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
9304 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
9305
9306 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
9307 following choices:
9308
9309 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
9310 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
9311 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
9312 (h)elp
9313 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
9314 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
9315 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
9316 (y)es, execute the command
9317
9318 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
9319 because its meaning was confusing.
9320
9321 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
9322 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
9323
9324 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
9325 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
9326 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
9327
9328 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
9329 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
9330 state directly, without executing these commands.
9331
9332 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
9333 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
9334 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
9335
9336 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
9337 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
9338 combination with After=) have been started.
9339
9340 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
9341 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
9342 setting, and which system calls they contain.
9343
9344 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
9345 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
9346 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
9347 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
9348 configuration related calls.
9349
9350 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
9351 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
9352 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
9353 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
9354 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
9355 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
9356 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
9357
9358 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
9359 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
9360
9361 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
9362 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
9363 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
9364
9365 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
9366 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
9367
9368 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
9369 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
9370 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
9371 for compatibility.
9372
9373 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
9374 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
9375
9376 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
9377 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
9378
9379 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
9380 support for negative matching.
9381
9382 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
9383
9384 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
9385 permitted runtime of the mount command.
9386
9387 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
9388 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
9389 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
9390 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
9391 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
9392 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
9393 removed from the drive.
9394
9395 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
9396 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
9397
9398 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
9399 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
9400
9401 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
9402 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
9403 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
9404
9405 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
9406 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
9407 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
9408 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
9409 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
9410 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
9411 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
9412
9413 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
9414 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
9415 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
9416 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
9417 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
9418 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
9419
9420 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
9421 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
9422
9423 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
9424 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
9425 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
9426 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
9427 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
9428 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
9429 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
9430 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
9431
9432 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
9433 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
9434 including all control processes.
9435
9436 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
9437 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
9438 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
9439
9440 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9441 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
9442 prefixing the source path with "+".
9443
9444 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
9445 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
9446 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
9447 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
9448 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
9449 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
9450 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
9451 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
9452
9453 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
9454 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
9455 before).
9456
9457 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
9458 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
9459 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
9460 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
9461 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
9462 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
9463 the new --root-hash= command line option).
9464
9465 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
9466 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
9467 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
9468 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
9469 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
9470 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
9471 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
9472 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
9473 versions.
9474
9475 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
9476 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
9477 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
9478 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
9479 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
9480 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
9481 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
9482 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
9483 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
9484 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
9485 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
9486 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
9487 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
9488 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
9489 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
9490 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
9491 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
9492 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
9493 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
9494 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
9495 a Verity-enabled root partition.
9496
9497 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
9498 accelerometer quirks.
9499
9500 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
9501 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
9502 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
9503 ID of each service.
9504
9505 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
9506 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
9507 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
9508 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
9509 view.
9510
9511 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
9512 environment variables:
9513
9514 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
9515
9516 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
9517 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
9518 address.
9519
9520 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
9521 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
9522 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
9523
9524 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
9525 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
9526 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
9527 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
9528 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
9529 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
9530 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
9531 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
9532 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
9533 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
9534 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
9535 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
9536 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
9537
9538 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
9539 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
9540 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
9541
9542 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
9543 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
9544
9545 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
9546 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
9547 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
9548 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
9549 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
9550
9551 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
9552 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
9553 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
9554
9555 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
9556 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
9557
9558 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
9559 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
9560 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
9561 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
9562
9563 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
9564 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
9565 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
9566 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
9567 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
9568 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
9569 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
9570 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
9571 possibly even including full integrity data.
9572
9573 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
9574 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
9575 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
9576 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
9577 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
9578
9579 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
9580 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
9581 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
9582 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
9583 directly with systemd-nspawn.
9584
9585 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
9586 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
9587 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
9588 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
9589
9590 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
9591 of coredumps in reverse order.
9592
9593 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
9594 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
9595 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
9596 additional informational message in its output.
9597
9598 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
9599 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
9600 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
9601
9602 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
9603 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
9604 scripting languages such as Python.
9605
9606 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
9607 namespacing is enabled for them.
9608
9609 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
9610 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
9611 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
9612 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
9613 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
9614 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
9615
9616 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
9617 root key (KSK).
9618
9619 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
9620 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
9621 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
9622
9623 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
9624 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
9625 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
9626 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
9627 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
9628 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
9629 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
9630 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
9631 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
9632 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
9633 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
9634 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
9635 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
9636 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
9637 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
9638 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
9639 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
9640 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
9641 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
9642 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
9643 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
9644 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
9645 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
9646 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
9647 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
9648 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
9649 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
9650 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
9651 Тихонов
9652
9653 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
9654
9655 CHANGES WITH 232:
9656
9657 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
9658 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
9659 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
9660 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
9661 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
9662 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
9663
9664 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
9665 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
9666
9667 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
9668 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
9669 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
9670
9671 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
9672 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
9673 to be remounted read-only for a service.
9674
9675 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
9676 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
9677 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
9678 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
9679
9680 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
9681 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
9682
9683 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
9684 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
9685 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
9686
9687 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
9688 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
9689 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
9690 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
9691 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
9692 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
9693 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
9694 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
9695 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
9696 permanent modifications to the system.
9697
9698 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
9699 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
9700 container or chroot environments.
9701
9702 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
9703 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
9704 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
9705 mapped to nobody.
9706
9707 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
9708 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
9709 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
9710 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
9711
9712 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
9713 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
9714
9715 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
9716 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
9717 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
9718 and the support is provisional.
9719
9720 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
9721 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
9722 unit files in the file system).
9723
9724 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
9725 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
9726 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
9727 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
9728 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
9729 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
9730 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
9731 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
9732 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
9733 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
9734 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
9735 state is fixed automatically.
9736
9737 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
9738 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
9739 option.
9740
9741 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
9742 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
9743 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
9744 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
9745 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
9746 else.
9747
9748 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
9749 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
9750 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
9751 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
9752 bootable on physical systems.
9753
9754 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
9755
9756 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
9757 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
9758 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
9759 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
9760 used.
9761
9762 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
9763 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
9764 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
9765 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
9766
9767 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
9768
9769 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
9770 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
9771 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
9772 of the container).
9773
9774 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
9775 files from the specified location.
9776
9777 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
9778 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
9779 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
9780 be active.
9781
9782 * The hardware database has been extended to support
9783 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
9784 trackball devices.
9785
9786 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
9787 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
9788 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
9789
9790 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
9791 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
9792 specified service binary exited.)
9793
9794 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
9795 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
9796
9797 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
9798 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
9799 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
9800 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
9801 --since= and --until= options.
9802
9803 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
9804 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
9805 are automatically propagated to the container.
9806
9807 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
9808 from a single IP address can be limited with
9809 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
9810 MaxConnections=.
9811
9812 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
9813 configuration.
9814
9815 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
9816 drop-ins.
9817
9818 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
9819 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
9820 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
9821 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
9822 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
9823 [Link] section of .link files.
9824
9825 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
9826 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
9827 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
9828 section of .netdev files.
9829
9830 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
9831 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
9832 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
9833
9834 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
9835 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
9836 .network files.
9837
9838 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
9839 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
9840 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
9841 service runtime cycle.
9842
9843 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
9844 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
9845 has been traditionally doing.
9846
9847 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
9848 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
9849 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
9850 prevent any later plugins from running.
9851
9852 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
9853 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
9854 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
9855 default of SplitMode=uid.
9856
9857 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
9858 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
9859 useful.
9860
9861 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
9862 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
9863 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
9864 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
9865 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
9866 individual namespaces.
9867
9868 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
9869 the output, as well as OS release information.
9870
9871 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
9872
9873 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
9874 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
9875 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
9876 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
9877 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
9878
9879 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
9880 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
9881 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
9882 severed.
9883
9884 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
9885 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
9886 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
9887 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
9888 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
9889 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
9890 information about exit statuses and results.
9891
9892 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
9893 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
9894 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
9895 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
9896 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
9897 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
9898
9899 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
9900
9901 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
9902 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
9903 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
9904 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
9905 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
9906 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
9907 entirely.
9908
9909 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
9910 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
9911 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
9912
9913 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
9914 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
9915 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
9916 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
9917 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
9918 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
9919 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
9920 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
9921 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
9922 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
9923 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
9924 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
9925 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
9926 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
9927 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
9928 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
9929 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
9930
9931 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
9932 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
9933 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
9934 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
9935
9936 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
9937 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
9938 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
9939 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
9940
9941 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
9942 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
9943 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
9944 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
9945 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
9946 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
9947 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
9948 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
9949 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
9950 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
9951 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
9952 fragment entirely.)
9953
9954 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
9955 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
9956 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
9957
9958 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
9959 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
9960 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
9961 FileDescriptorName= setting.
9962
9963 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
9964 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
9965 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
9966 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
9967 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
9968 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
9969
9970 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
9971 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
9972
9973 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
9974 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
9975
9976 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
9977 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
9978 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
9979 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
9980 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
9981
9982 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
9983 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
9984 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
9985 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
9986 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
9987 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
9988 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
9989 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
9990 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
9991 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
9992 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
9993 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
9994 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
9995 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
9996 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9997 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
9998 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
9999 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
10000 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
10001 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
10002 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
10003 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
10004 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
10005 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
10006 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10007 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10008
10009 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
10010
10011 CHANGES WITH 231:
10012
10013 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
10014 with an additional special character as first argument of the
10015 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
10016 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
10017 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
10018 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
10019 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
10020 independently.
10021
10022 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
10023 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
10024
10025 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
10026 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
10027 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
10028 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
10029 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
10030 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
10031 values.
10032
10033 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
10034 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
10035 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
10036 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
10037 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
10038
10039 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
10040 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
10041 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
10042 7:10am every day.
10043
10044 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
10045 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
10046 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
10047 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
10048 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
10049 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
10050 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
10051 available for compatibility.
10052
10053 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
10054 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
10055 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
10056 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
10057 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
10058 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
10059
10060 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
10061 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
10062 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
10063 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
10064 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
10065 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
10066 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
10067 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
10068 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
10069
10070 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
10071 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
10072 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
10073 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
10074 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
10075 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
10076 desired options.
10077
10078 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
10079 cgroup v2.
10080
10081 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
10082 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
10083 limited to subgroups of that group.
10084
10085 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
10086 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
10087 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
10088 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
10089 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
10090 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
10091 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
10092 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
10093
10094 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
10095 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
10096 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
10097 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
10098 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
10099 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
10100 own long-running services.
10101
10102 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
10103 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
10104 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
10105 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
10106
10107 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
10108 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
10109 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
10110 propagates this notification further to the service manager
10111 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
10112 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
10113 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
10114 primitives.
10115
10116 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
10117 "terminate".
10118
10119 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
10120 link-local IPv6 addresses.
10121
10122 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
10123 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
10124 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
10125 --flush-caches".
10126
10127 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
10128 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
10129 is shown.
10130
10131 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
10132 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
10133 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
10134 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
10135 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
10136 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
10137
10138 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
10139 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
10140 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
10141 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
10142 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
10143 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
10144 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
10145 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
10146 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
10147 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
10148 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
10149 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
10150 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
10151 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
10152 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
10153 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
10154 bus API instead.
10155
10156 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
10157 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
10158 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
10159 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
10160
10161 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
10162 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
10163 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
10164 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
10165
10166 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
10167 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
10168 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
10169
10170 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
10171 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
10172
10173 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
10174 interface configuration.
10175
10176 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
10177 specifying the --force switch.
10178
10179 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
10180 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
10181 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
10182
10183 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
10184 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
10185 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
10186 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
10187 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
10188 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
10189 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
10190 to be handled.
10191
10192 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
10193 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
10194
10195 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
10196 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
10197
10198 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
10199 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
10200 of persistent symlinks for that device.
10201
10202 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
10203 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
10204
10205 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
10206 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
10207 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
10208 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
10209 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
10210 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
10211 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
10212 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
10213 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
10214 library.
10215
10216 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
10217 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
10218 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
10219 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
10220 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
10221 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
10222 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
10223 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
10224 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
10225 doc/HACKING for details.
10226
10227 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
10228 distribution's bugtracker.
10229
10230 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
10231 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
10232 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
10233 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
10234 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
10235 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
10236 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
10237 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
10238 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
10239 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
10240 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
10241 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
10242 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
10243 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
10244 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
10245 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
10246 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
10247 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
10248 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10249
10250 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
10251
10252 CHANGES WITH 230:
10253
10254 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
10255 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
10256 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
10257 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
10258 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
10259 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
10260 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
10261 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
10262 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
10263 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
10264 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
10265 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
10266 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
10267 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
10268 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
10269 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
10270 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
10271 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
10272 applications.)
10273
10274 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
10275 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
10276 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
10277
10278 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
10279 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
10280 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
10281 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
10282 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
10283 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
10284 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
10285
10286 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
10287 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
10288 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
10289 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
10290 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
10291 command works for tmux.
10292
10293 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
10294 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
10295 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
10296 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
10297 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
10298 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
10299
10300 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
10301 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
10302
10303 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
10304 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
10305 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
10306
10307 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
10308
10309 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
10310 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
10311 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
10312 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
10313 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
10314
10315 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
10316 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
10317 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
10318 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
10319
10320 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
10321 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
10322 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
10323 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
10324 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
10325 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
10326
10327 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
10328 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
10329 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
10330
10331 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
10332 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
10333 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
10334 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
10335 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
10336 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
10337
10338 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
10339 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
10340 address.
10341
10342 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
10343 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
10344 should be emitted.
10345
10346 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
10347 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
10348 supported.
10349
10350 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
10351 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
10352 logging performance.
10353
10354 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10355 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
10356 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
10357 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
10358 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
10359 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
10360
10361 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
10362 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
10363 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
10364 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
10365
10366 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
10367 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
10368
10369 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
10370 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
10371 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
10372
10373 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
10374
10375 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
10376 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
10377 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
10378 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
10379
10380 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
10381 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
10382 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
10383 refuse to operate on such files.
10384
10385 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
10386 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
10387 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
10388
10389 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
10390 just hidden container images.
10391
10392 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
10393 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
10394
10395 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
10396 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
10397 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
10398 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
10399 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
10400 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
10401 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
10402 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
10403 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
10404 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
10405 been changed to use this functionality by default.
10406
10407 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
10408 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
10409 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
10410 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
10411 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
10412 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
10413 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
10414 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
10415 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
10416 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
10417 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
10418 terminates.
10419
10420 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
10421 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
10422 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
10423 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
10424
10425 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
10426 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
10427 rate of the socket unit.
10428
10429 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
10430 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
10431 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
10432 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
10433 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
10434
10435 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
10436 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
10437 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
10438 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
10439 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
10440 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
10441 with this.
10442
10443 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
10444 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
10445
10446 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
10447 merged into the kernel in its current form.
10448
10449 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
10450 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
10451 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
10452 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
10453 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
10454
10455 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
10456 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
10457 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
10458
10459 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
10460 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
10461 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
10462 target is now included in early userspace.
10463
10464 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
10465 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
10466 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
10467 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
10468 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
10469 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
10470 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
10471 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
10472 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
10473 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
10474 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
10475 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
10476 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
10477 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
10478 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
10479 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
10480 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
10481 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
10482 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
10483 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10484 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
10485 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
10486 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
10487 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
10488 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10489 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10490
10491 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
10492
10493 CHANGES WITH 229:
10494
10495 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
10496 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
10497 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
10498 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
10499 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
10500 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
10501 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
10502 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
10503 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
10504 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
10505 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
10506 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
10507 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
10508
10509 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
10510 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
10511 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
10512 /usr/bin.
10513
10514 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
10515 devices.
10516
10517 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
10518 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
10519 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
10520 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
10521 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
10522 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
10523 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
10524 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
10525 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
10526 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
10527 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
10528 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
10529 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
10530 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
10531 this limit.
10532
10533 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
10534 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
10535 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
10536 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
10537 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
10538 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
10539 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
10540 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
10541
10542 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
10543 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
10544 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
10545 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
10546 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
10547 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
10548 and group at package installation time.
10549
10550 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
10551 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
10552 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
10553 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
10554 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
10555
10556 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
10557 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
10558 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
10559 supports it.
10560
10561 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
10562 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
10563
10564 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
10565 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
10566 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
10567 file is already initialized.
10568
10569 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
10570 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
10571 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
10572 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
10573 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
10574 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
10575 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
10576 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
10577 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
10578
10579 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
10580 working directory for the process started in the container.
10581
10582 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
10583 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
10584 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
10585 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
10586 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
10587
10588 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
10589 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
10590 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
10591
10592 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
10593 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
10594 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
10595 sd_journal_restart_fields().
10596
10597 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
10598 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
10599 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
10600 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
10601 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
10602
10603 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
10604 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
10605 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
10606 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
10607
10608 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
10609 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
10610 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
10611 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
10612 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
10613 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
10614 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
10615 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
10616 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
10617 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
10618 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
10619 by PID 1.
10620
10621 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
10622 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
10623 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
10624 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
10625 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
10626 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
10627 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
10628 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
10629
10630 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
10631
10632 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
10633 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
10634 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
10635
10636 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
10637 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
10638 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
10639 recent kernels.
10640
10641 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
10642 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
10643
10644 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
10645 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
10646 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
10647 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
10648 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
10649 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
10650 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
10651 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
10652 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
10653 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
10654 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
10655 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
10656 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
10657
10658 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
10659 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
10660 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
10661 clusters or larger setups.
10662
10663 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
10664
10665 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
10666 sockets.
10667
10668 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
10669
10670 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
10671 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
10672 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
10673 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
10674 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
10675 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
10676
10677 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
10678 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
10679 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
10680
10681 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
10682 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
10683 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
10684 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
10685
10686 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
10687
10688 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
10689 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
10690 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
10691 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
10692 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
10693 maintain compatibility.
10694
10695 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
10696 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
10697 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
10698 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
10699 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
10700 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
10701 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
10702 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
10703 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
10704 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
10705 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
10706 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10707 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
10708 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
10709 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
10710 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
10711 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10712 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
10713 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10714
10715 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
10716
10717 CHANGES WITH 228:
10718
10719 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
10720 files are now also available as properties to set when
10721 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
10722 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
10723 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
10724 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
10725 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
10726 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
10727 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
10728
10729 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
10730 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
10731 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
10732
10733 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
10734 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
10735 created transiently.
10736
10737 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
10738 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
10739 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
10740 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
10741 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
10742 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
10743 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
10744 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
10745
10746 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
10747 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
10748 disk and sync the files, before returning.
10749
10750 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
10751 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
10752 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
10753 enabled.
10754
10755 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
10756 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
10757 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
10758 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
10759 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
10760 subvolumes.
10761
10762 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
10763 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
10764
10765 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
10766 individual indexes.
10767
10768 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
10769 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
10770 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
10771 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
10772 now.
10773
10774 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
10775 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
10776 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
10777 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
10778 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
10779 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
10780 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
10781 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
10782 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
10783 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
10784 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
10785 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
10786 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
10787 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
10788 number of processes or tasks each user may own
10789 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
10790 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
10791 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
10792 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
10793 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
10794 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
10795
10796 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
10797 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
10798 links between the host and the container.
10799
10800 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
10801 added that allows importing select environment variables
10802 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
10803 the service.
10804
10805 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
10806 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
10807 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
10808 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
10809 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
10810 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
10811 than until they first elapse.
10812
10813 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
10814 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
10815 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
10816 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
10817 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
10818 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
10819 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
10820 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
10821
10822 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
10823 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
10824 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
10825 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
10826 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
10827 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
10828 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
10829 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
10830 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
10831 journal and in coredump handling.
10832
10833 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
10834 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
10835 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
10836 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
10837 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
10838 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
10839 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
10840 software you package still references it, as this is a
10841 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
10842 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
10843
10844 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
10845
10846 Note that only util-linux versions built with
10847 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
10848
10849 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
10850 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
10851 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
10852
10853 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
10854 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
10855 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
10856 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
10857 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
10858 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
10859 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
10860 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
10861 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
10862 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
10863 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
10864 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
10865 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
10866 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
10867 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
10868 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
10869
10870 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
10871 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
10872 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
10873 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
10874 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
10875 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
10876 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
10877 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
10878 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
10879 surprises.
10880
10881 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
10882 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
10883 to the various user database fields of the user that the
10884 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
10885 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
10886 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
10887 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
10888 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
10889 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
10890 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
10891 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
10892 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
10893 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
10894 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
10895 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
10896 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
10897 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
10898 of PID 1 is the root user).
10899
10900 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
10901 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
10902 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10903 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
10904 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
10905 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
10906 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10907 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
10908 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10909 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
10910 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
10911 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
10912 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10913 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
10914 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10915
10916 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
10917
10918 CHANGES WITH 227:
10919
10920 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
10921 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
10922 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
10923
10924 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
10925 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
10926 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
10927 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
10928 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
10929 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
10930
10931 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
10932 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
10933 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
10934 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
10935 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
10936
10937 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
10938 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
10939 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
10940 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
10941 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
10942 packets on unestablished sockets.
10943
10944 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
10945 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
10946 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
10947 automatically.
10948
10949 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
10950 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
10951 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
10952
10953 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
10954 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
10955 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
10956 for disk IO.
10957
10958 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
10959 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
10960 removed.
10961
10962 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
10963 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
10964 directory is set to the home directory of the user
10965 configured in User=.
10966
10967 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
10968 directory of the selected user by default.
10969
10970 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
10971 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
10972 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
10973 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
10974 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
10975 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
10976 compat reasons.
10977
10978 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
10979 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
10980 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
10981 units.
10982
10983 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
10984 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
10985 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
10986 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
10987 level.
10988
10989 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
10990 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
10991 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
10992 namespaces work correctly.
10993
10994 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
10995 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
10996 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
10997 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
10998 activation.
10999
11000 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
11001 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
11002 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
11003 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
11004 system instance in a container.
11005
11006 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
11007 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
11008 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
11009 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
11010 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
11011 connections.
11012
11013 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
11014 show the control groups within a certain container only.
11015
11016 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
11017 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
11018 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
11019 processes attached, or similar.
11020
11021 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
11022 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
11023 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
11024
11025 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
11026 specifiers like %i or %f.
11027
11028 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
11029 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
11030 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
11031 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
11032
11033 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
11034 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
11035 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
11036 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
11037 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
11038 descriptors using sd_notify().
11039
11040 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
11041
11042 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
11043 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
11044
11045 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
11046 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
11047
11048 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
11049 .network files.
11050
11051 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
11052 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
11053 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
11054 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
11055 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
11056 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
11057 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
11058 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
11059 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
11060 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
11061 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
11062 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
11063 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
11064 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
11065 gdm-autologin is used.
11066
11067 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
11068 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
11069 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
11070 next to the image file.
11071
11072 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
11073 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
11074 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
11075 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
11076
11077 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
11078 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
11079 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
11080 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
11081 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
11082 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
11083
11084 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
11085 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
11086 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
11087 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
11088 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
11089 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
11090 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
11091 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
11092 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
11093 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
11094 number of files in place.
11095
11096 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
11097 on kernels where that is supported.
11098
11099 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
11100
11101 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
11102 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
11103 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
11104 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11105 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
11106 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
11107 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
11108 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
11109 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
11110 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
11111 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11112 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11113 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
11114 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
11115 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
11116 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11117 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
11118 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
11119
11120 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
11121
11122 CHANGES WITH 226:
11123
11124 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
11125 new features:
11126
11127 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
11128 information. It may be enabled and configured via
11129 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
11130 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
11131 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
11132 is any) is propagated.
11133
11134 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
11135 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
11136 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
11137 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
11138 information is enabled between host and containers by
11139 default now: the container will change its local timezone
11140 to what the host has set.
11141
11142 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
11143 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
11144
11145 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
11146 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
11147 information back, even if the server loses state.
11148
11149 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
11150 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
11151 PoolSize=.
11152
11153 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
11154 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
11155 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
11156 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
11157
11158 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
11159 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
11160 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
11161 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
11162 'dbus-daemon' systems.
11163
11164 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
11165 for virtio devices.
11166
11167 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
11168 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
11169 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
11170 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
11171 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
11172 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
11173 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
11174 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
11175 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
11176 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
11177 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
11178 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
11179 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
11180 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
11181 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
11182 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
11183 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
11184 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
11185 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
11186 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
11187 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
11188 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
11189 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
11190 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
11191 grants them.
11192
11193 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
11194 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
11195 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
11196 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
11197 group tree.
11198
11199 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
11200 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
11201 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
11202 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
11203 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
11204 work correctly in containers now.
11205
11206 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
11207 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
11208
11209 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
11210 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
11211 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
11212 function call is particularly useful when implementing
11213 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
11214
11215 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
11216 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
11217 signal events.
11218
11219 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
11220 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
11221 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
11222 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
11223
11224 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
11225 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
11226 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
11227 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
11228 nspawn command line.
11229
11230 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
11231 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
11232 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11233 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
11234 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
11235 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
11236 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11237 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
11238
11239 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
11240
11241 CHANGES WITH 225:
11242
11243 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
11244 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
11245 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
11246 shell directly without prompting for username or
11247 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
11248 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
11249 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
11250 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
11251 the originating session.
11252
11253 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
11254 options and allows other programs to query the values.
11255
11256 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
11257 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
11258 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
11259 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
11260 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
11261 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
11262 probably not stabilize on this release.
11263
11264 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
11265 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
11266 messages.
11267
11268 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
11269 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
11270 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
11271
11272 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
11273 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
11274
11275 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
11276 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
11277 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
11278 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
11279 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
11280 posteriori.
11281
11282 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
11283 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
11284
11285 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
11286 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
11287 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
11288 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
11289 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
11290 "lastlog" tools.
11291
11292 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
11293 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
11294 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
11295 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
11296 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
11297
11298 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
11299 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
11300 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
11301 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11302 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
11303 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
11304 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
11305 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
11306 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
11307 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
11308 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
11309 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11310
11311 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
11312
11313 CHANGES WITH 224:
11314
11315 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
11316 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
11317
11318 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
11319 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
11320 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
11321
11322 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
11323 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11324 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
11325
11326 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11327
11328 CHANGES WITH 223:
11329
11330 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
11331 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
11332 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
11333 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11334
11335 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
11336 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
11337
11338 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
11339 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
11340
11341 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
11342
11343 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
11344 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
11345 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
11346
11347 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
11348 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
11349 decapsulated packet.
11350
11351 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
11352 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
11353 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
11354 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
11355 netlink attribute.
11356
11357 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
11358 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
11359 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
11360 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
11361
11362 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
11363 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
11364 according to RFC2460.
11365
11366 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
11367 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
11368
11369 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
11370 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
11371 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
11372
11373 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
11374 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
11375 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
11376 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
11377 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
11378 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
11379
11380 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
11381 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11382 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
11383 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
11384 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11385 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
11386 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
11387 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
11388 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
11389 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11390
11391 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
11392
11393 CHANGES WITH 222:
11394
11395 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
11396 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
11397 or should be used to work around such bugs.
11398
11399 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
11400 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
11401
11402 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
11403 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
11404 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
11405 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
11406 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
11407
11408 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
11409 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
11410 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
11411
11412 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
11413 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
11414 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
11415 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
11416 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
11417
11418 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
11419
11420 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
11421 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
11422 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
11423 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
11424 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
11425 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11426 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
11427 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
11428 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11429 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11430
11431 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
11432
11433 CHANGES WITH 221:
11434
11435 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
11436 stable and have been added to the official interface of
11437 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
11438 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
11439 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
11440 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
11441 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
11442 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
11443 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
11444 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
11445 portable to other kernels.
11446
11447 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
11448 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
11449 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
11450 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
11451 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
11452 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
11453 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
11454 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
11455 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
11456 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
11457 systemd enabled.
11458
11459 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
11460 2.26.
11461
11462 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
11463 favor of calling an abstraction tool
11464 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
11465 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
11466 in README for details.
11467
11468 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
11469 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
11470 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
11471 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
11472 unit.
11473
11474 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
11475 into man pages.
11476
11477 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
11478 external project.
11479
11480 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
11481 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
11482
11483 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
11484 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
11485 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
11486 state.
11487
11488 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
11489 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
11490 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
11491
11492 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
11493 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
11494 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
11495 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
11496 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
11497 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
11498 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
11499 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
11500 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
11501 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
11502 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
11503 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
11504 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
11505 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11506 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
11507 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11508
11509 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
11510
11511 CHANGES WITH 220:
11512
11513 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
11514 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
11515 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
11516 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
11517 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
11518 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
11519 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
11520 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
11521
11522 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
11523 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
11524 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
11525 service consumed). This value is only available if
11526 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
11527 in the "systemctl status" output.
11528
11529 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
11530 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
11531 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
11532 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
11533 previously was already the default behaviour).
11534
11535 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
11536 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
11537 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
11538
11539 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
11540 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
11541 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
11542 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
11543
11544 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
11545 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
11546 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
11547 journaling file systems that support external journal
11548 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
11549 systems to be mounted.
11550
11551 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
11552 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
11553 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
11554 stable release this should not be problematic.
11555
11556 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
11557 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
11558 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
11559 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
11560 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
11561
11562 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
11563 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
11564 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
11565 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
11566 network switches.
11567
11568 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
11569 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
11570
11571 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
11572 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
11573 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
11574
11575 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
11576
11577 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
11578 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
11579 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
11580 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
11581 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
11582 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
11583 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
11584 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
11585 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
11586 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
11587 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
11588 been fixed in v220.
11589
11590 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
11591 systemd-networkd.
11592
11593 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
11594 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
11595 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
11596 containers started from the command line.
11597
11598 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
11599 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
11600
11601 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
11602 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
11603 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
11604 indirection via a pseudo tty.
11605
11606 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
11607 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
11608 when shutting down.
11609
11610 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
11611 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
11612 overlayfs support.
11613
11614 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
11615 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
11616 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
11617 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
11618 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
11619 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
11620 images are imported via systemd-importd.
11621
11622 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
11623 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
11624 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
11625
11626 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
11627 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
11628 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
11629 of v1 as before).
11630
11631 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
11632 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
11633
11634 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
11635 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
11636 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
11637 without further privileges or authorization.
11638
11639 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
11640 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
11641 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
11642 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
11643 accessible via a bus interface.
11644
11645 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
11646 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
11647 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
11648 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
11649 to cover this functionality.
11650
11651 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
11652 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
11653 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
11654 disabled/masked also stopped.
11655
11656 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
11657 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
11658 updated to support systemd-boot.
11659
11660 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
11661 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
11662 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
11663 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
11664 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
11665 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
11666 like this and can extract OS release information from them
11667 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
11668 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
11669
11670 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
11671 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
11672 system.
11673
11674 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
11675 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
11676 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
11677 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
11678
11679 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
11680 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
11681 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
11682 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
11683
11684 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
11685 stick devices has been added.
11686
11687 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
11688 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
11689
11690 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
11691 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
11692 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
11693 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
11694 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
11695
11696 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
11697 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
11698 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
11699
11700 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
11701 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
11702 Debian.
11703
11704 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
11705 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
11706 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
11707
11708 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
11709 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
11710 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
11711 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
11712 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
11713 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
11714 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
11715 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11716 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
11717 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
11718 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
11719 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
11720 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
11721 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
11722 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
11723 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
11724 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
11725 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11726 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
11727 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
11728 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
11729 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
11730 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
11731 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
11732 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
11733 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
11734 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11735
11736 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
11737
11738 CHANGES WITH 219:
11739
11740 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
11741 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
11742 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
11743 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
11744 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
11745 interface with and update the database.
11746
11747 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
11748 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
11749 before bytewise copying is done.
11750
11751 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
11752 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
11753 directory, and immediately removed when the container
11754 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
11755 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
11756 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
11757 for starting a container off the root file system of the
11758 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
11759 available on btrfs file systems.
11760
11761 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
11762 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
11763 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
11764 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
11765 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
11766 systems.
11767
11768 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
11769 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
11770 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
11771 mount point remains.
11772
11773 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
11774 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
11775 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
11776 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
11777 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
11778 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
11779 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
11780 are disabled.
11781
11782 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
11783 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
11784 container to the host or vice versa.
11785
11786 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
11787 mount host directories into local containers. This is
11788 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
11789
11790 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
11791 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
11792
11793 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
11794 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
11795 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
11796 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
11797 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
11798 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
11799 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
11800 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
11801 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
11802 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
11803 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
11804 make the functionality of importd available to the
11805 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
11806 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
11807 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
11808 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
11809 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
11810 only fully supported on btrfs.
11811
11812 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
11813 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
11814 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
11815 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
11816 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
11817 information about images.
11818
11819 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
11820 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
11821 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
11822 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
11823 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
11824 legacy file systems).
11825
11826 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
11827 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
11828 shown in networkctl output.
11829
11830 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
11831 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
11832 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
11833 processes as system services while interactively
11834 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
11835 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
11836 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
11837 full login session, the difference being that the former
11838 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
11839 setup.
11840
11841 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
11842 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
11843 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
11844 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
11845 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
11846
11847 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
11848 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
11849 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
11850 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
11851 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
11852 via qemu/kvm.
11853
11854 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
11855 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
11856 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
11857 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
11858 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
11859 disk images, too.
11860
11861 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
11862 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
11863 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
11864 integrate with that.
11865
11866 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
11867 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
11868 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
11869 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
11870
11871 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
11872 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
11873 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
11874
11875 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
11876 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
11877 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
11878 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
11879 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
11880 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
11881 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
11882 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
11883 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
11884 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
11885
11886 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
11887 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
11888 files.
11889
11890 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
11891 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
11892 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
11893 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
11894 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
11895 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
11896 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
11897 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
11898 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
11899 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
11900 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
11901 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
11902 explicitly turned on.
11903
11904 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
11905 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
11906 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
11907 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
11908
11909 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
11910 supported.
11911
11912 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
11913 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
11914 user/session following the status output. Similar,
11915 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
11916 associated with a virtual machine or container
11917 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
11918 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
11919 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
11920 output however.)
11921
11922 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
11923 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
11924 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
11925 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
11926 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
11927 caller's session/user.
11928
11929 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
11930 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
11931 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
11932 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
11933 user services.
11934
11935 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
11936 same way as unit files.
11937
11938 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
11939 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
11940 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
11941 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
11942 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
11943 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
11944 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
11945 the host.
11946
11947 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
11948 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
11949 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
11950 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
11951 the host as if their services were running directly on the
11952 host.
11953
11954 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
11955 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
11956 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
11957 updated to make use of it too by default.
11958
11959 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
11960 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
11961 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
11962 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
11963
11964 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
11965 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
11966 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
11967 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
11968 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
11969 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
11970 modification.
11971
11972 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
11973 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
11974 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
11975 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
11976 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
11977 information about Touchpad types.
11978
11979 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
11980 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
11981
11982 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
11983 Policy link field.
11984
11985 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
11986 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
11987
11988 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
11989 ACLs on files.
11990
11991 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
11992 tmpfs, automatically.
11993
11994 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
11995 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
11996 status" output, if available.
11997
11998 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
11999 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
12000 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
12001 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
12002 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
12003 run on next reboot.
12004
12005 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
12006 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
12007 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
12008 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
12009 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
12010 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
12011 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
12012
12013 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
12014 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
12015 after a configurable timeout.
12016
12017 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
12018 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
12019 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
12020 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
12021 it non-idle.
12022
12023 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
12024 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
12025
12026 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
12027 each .network interface in networkd.
12028
12029 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
12030 in .network files.
12031
12032 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
12033 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
12034
12035 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
12036 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
12037 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
12038 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
12039 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
12040 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
12041 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
12042 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
12043 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
12044 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
12045 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
12046 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12047 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
12048 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
12049 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
12050 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
12051 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
12052 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
12053 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
12054 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
12055 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
12056 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
12057 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
12058 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12059
12060 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
12061
12062 CHANGES WITH 218:
12063
12064 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
12065 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
12066 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
12067 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
12068
12069 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
12070 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
12071 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
12072 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
12073 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
12074
12075 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
12076
12077 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
12078 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
12079 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
12080 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
12081 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
12082 modified configuration after editing.
12083
12084 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
12085 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
12086 system preset files.
12087
12088 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
12089 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
12090 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
12091 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
12092 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
12093 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
12094 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
12095 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
12096 other contexts.
12097
12098 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
12099 inhibitors.
12100
12101 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
12102 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
12103 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
12104 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
12105 managers.
12106
12107 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
12108 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
12109 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
12110 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
12111 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
12112 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
12113 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
12114 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
12115 parallel to journald.
12116
12117 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
12118 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
12119 available.
12120
12121 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
12122 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
12123 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
12124 or are not older than the specified time.
12125
12126 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
12127 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
12128 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
12129 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
12130
12131 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
12132 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
12133 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
12134 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
12135 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
12136 communication.
12137
12138 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
12139 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
12140 services.
12141
12142 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
12143 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
12144 including their signature and values. This is particularly
12145 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
12146 the new "busctl tree" command.
12147
12148 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
12149 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
12150 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
12151 friendly way.
12152
12153 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
12154 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
12155 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
12156 race-ful way.
12157
12158 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
12159 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
12160 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
12161 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
12162 --link-journal=try-guest.
12163
12164 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
12165 stable MAC addresses.
12166
12167 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
12168 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
12169 the respective unit shall use.
12170
12171 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
12172 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
12173 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
12174 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
12175
12176 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
12177 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
12178 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
12179 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
12180 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
12181 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
12182
12183 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
12184 details see:
12185
12186 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
12187
12188 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
12189 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
12190 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
12191 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
12192 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
12193 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
12194 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
12195 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
12196 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
12197 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
12198 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
12199 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
12200
12201 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
12202 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
12203 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
12204 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
12205 bluetooth, …) is used.
12206
12207 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
12208 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
12209 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
12210 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
12211 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
12212 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
12213 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
12214 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
12215
12216 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
12217 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
12218 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
12219 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
12220 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
12221 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
12222 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
12223 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
12224 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
12225 interface.
12226
12227 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
12228 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
12229 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
12230 luks.name= argument.
12231
12232 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
12233 (this was previously already available for scope and service
12234 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
12235 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
12236 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
12237 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
12238
12239 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
12240 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
12241 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
12242
12243 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
12244 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
12245 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
12246 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
12247 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
12248 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
12249 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
12250 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12251 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
12252 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
12253 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
12254 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
12255 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
12256 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
12257 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
12258 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12259 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
12260 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12261
12262 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
12263
12264 CHANGES WITH 217:
12265
12266 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
12267 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
12268 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
12269 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
12270
12271 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
12272 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
12273 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
12274 now waits until the operation is complete.
12275
12276 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
12277 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
12278 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
12279 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
12280 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
12281 connection.
12282
12283 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
12284 commands anymore.
12285
12286 * User units are now loaded also from
12287 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
12288 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
12289 supported, but is under the control of the user.
12290
12291 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
12292 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
12293 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
12294 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
12295 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
12296 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
12297 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
12298 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
12299 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
12300 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
12301 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
12302 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
12303 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
12304 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
12305 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
12306 question.
12307
12308 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
12309 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
12310 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
12311
12312 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
12313 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
12314 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
12315 command line to trigger resume.
12316
12317 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
12318 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
12319 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
12320 Desktop=systemd-console.
12321
12322 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
12323 systemd-networkd.
12324
12325 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
12326 from the information provided by the networking stack
12327 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
12328
12329 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
12330 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
12331
12332 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
12333 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
12334 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
12335
12336 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
12337
12338 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
12339 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
12340 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
12341 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
12342 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
12343 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
12344
12345 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
12346 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
12347 respected.
12348
12349 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
12350 virtualization.
12351
12352 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
12353 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
12354 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
12355 on.
12356
12357 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
12358
12359 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
12360
12361 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
12362 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
12363 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
12364 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
12365 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
12366 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
12367 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
12368
12369 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
12370 available for service units, that allows locking all service
12371 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
12372 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
12373 from the service's view entirely.
12374
12375 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
12376 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
12377
12378 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
12379 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
12380 session.
12381
12382 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
12383 legacy-free systems.
12384
12385 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
12386 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
12387 easily.
12388
12389 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
12390 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
12391 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
12392 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
12393 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
12394 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
12395 option.
12396
12397 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
12398 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
12399 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
12400 /usr.
12401
12402 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
12403 services, not only the main process.
12404
12405 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
12406 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
12407 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
12408 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
12409 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
12410
12411 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
12412 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
12413 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
12414 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
12415 directly from now on, again.
12416
12417 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
12418 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
12419 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
12420 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
12421 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
12422 enabling and disabling.
12423
12424 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
12425 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
12426 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
12427 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
12428 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
12429 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
12430 unnecessary or unlikely.
12431
12432 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
12433 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
12434 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
12435 "annually", "hourly", …).
12436
12437 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
12438 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
12439 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
12440 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
12441 overwritten at runtime.
12442
12443 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
12444 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
12445 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
12446 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
12447 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
12448 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
12449 segmentation fault.
12450
12451 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
12452 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
12453 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
12454 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
12455 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
12456 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
12457 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
12458 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
12459 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
12460 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12461 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
12462 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
12463 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
12464 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
12465 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
12466 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
12467 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
12468 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
12469 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12470 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12471 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
12472 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12473
12474 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
12475
12476 CHANGES WITH 216:
12477
12478 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
12479 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
12480 implementations should add a
12481
12482 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
12483
12484 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
12485 default functionality.
12486
12487 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
12488 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
12489 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
12490 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
12491 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
12492 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
12493 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
12494 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
12495 files might need to be owned by them. A new
12496 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
12497 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
12498 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
12499 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
12500
12501 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
12502 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
12503 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
12504 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
12505 added eventually, too.
12506
12507 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
12508 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
12509 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
12510 new command to update these fields.
12511
12512 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
12513 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
12514 have been discovered via DHCP.
12515
12516 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
12517 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
12518 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
12519 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
12520 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
12521 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
12522 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
12523 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
12524 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
12525 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
12526 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
12527 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
12528 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
12529 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
12530 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
12531 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
12532 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
12533 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
12534 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
12535 implementation to systemd-resolved.
12536
12537 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
12538 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
12539 containers to their respective IP addresses.
12540
12541 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
12542 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
12543 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
12544 and present it to the user in a very friendly
12545 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
12546 control utility for networkd.
12547
12548 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
12549 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
12550 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
12551 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
12552 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
12553 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
12554 (NoDelay=).
12555
12556 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
12557 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
12558
12559 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
12560 be started only after time-sync.target has been
12561 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
12562 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
12563 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
12564 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
12565
12566 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
12567 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
12568 of the link.
12569
12570 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
12571 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
12572
12573 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
12574 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
12575
12576 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
12577 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
12578 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
12579 for DHCP.
12580
12581 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
12582 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
12583 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
12584 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
12585 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
12586 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
12587 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
12588 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
12589
12590 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
12591 validation of unit files.
12592
12593 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
12594 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
12595 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
12596 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
12597 address may now be configured.
12598
12599 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
12600 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
12601 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
12602 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
12603
12604 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
12605 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
12606
12607 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
12608 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
12609 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
12610 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
12611
12612 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
12613 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
12614 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
12615 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
12616 implementation.
12617
12618 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
12619 journal data to a remote system running
12620 systemd-journal-remote.
12621
12622 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
12623 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
12624 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
12625 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
12626 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
12627 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
12628 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
12629 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
12630 version, you have to turn this option on again
12631 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
12632
12633 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
12634 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
12635 better than XZ which was the previous default.
12636
12637 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
12638 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
12639
12640 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
12641 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
12642
12643 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
12644 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
12645 "systemctl status" output for a service.
12646
12647 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
12648 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
12649 hostname, root password) interactively on first
12650 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
12651 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
12652
12653 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
12654
12655 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
12656
12657 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
12658 when primary addresses are removed.
12659
12660 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
12661 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
12662 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
12663 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
12664 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
12665 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
12666 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12667 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
12668 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
12669 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
12670 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
12671 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
12672 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
12673 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
12674 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12675
12676 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
12677
12678 CHANGES WITH 215:
12679
12680 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
12681 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
12682 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
12683 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
12684 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
12685 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
12686 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
12687 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
12688 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
12689 require.
12690
12691 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
12692 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
12693
12694 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
12695 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
12696 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
12697 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
12698 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
12699 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
12700 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
12701
12702 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
12703 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
12704 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
12705 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
12706 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
12707 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
12708 update or reset should use this condition and order
12709 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
12710 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
12711 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
12712 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
12713 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
12714 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
12715 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
12716 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
12717 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
12718
12719 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
12720
12721 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
12722 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
12723 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
12724 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
12725
12726 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
12727 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
12728 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
12729 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
12730 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
12731 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
12732 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
12733 .network files using settings of this section should be
12734 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
12735 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
12736
12737 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
12738 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
12739
12740 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
12741 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
12742 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
12743 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
12744 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
12745 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
12746 of nspawn instances.
12747
12748 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
12749 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
12750 added.
12751
12752 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
12753 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
12754 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
12755 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
12756 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
12757 configuration stored in /etc.
12758
12759 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
12760 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
12761 parsing of unknown mount options.
12762
12763 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
12764 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
12765 it already exist and not already be the correct
12766 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
12767 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
12768 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
12769 pre-existing files of different types.
12770
12771 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
12772 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
12773 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
12774 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
12775 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
12776 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
12777 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
12778
12779 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
12780 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
12781 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
12782 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
12783 shall be executed.
12784
12785 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
12786 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
12787 example whether it is fully up and running.
12788
12789 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
12790 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
12791 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
12792 reset.
12793
12794 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
12795 most basic services systemd ships by default.
12796
12797 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
12798 field for defining the default instance to create if a
12799 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
12800
12801 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
12802 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
12803 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
12804
12805 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
12806 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
12807 access to this group.
12808
12809 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
12810 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
12811 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
12812 to the journal.
12813
12814 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
12815 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
12816 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
12817 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
12818 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
12819 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
12820
12821 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
12822 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
12823 that makes sure to only show information about the most
12824 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
12825 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
12826 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
12827 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
12828 the old name to the new name.
12829
12830 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
12831 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
12832 coredumpctl without restrictions.
12833
12834 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
12835 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
12836 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
12837 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
12838 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
12839 "systemd-debug-generator".
12840
12841 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
12842 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
12843 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
12844 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
12845 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
12846 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
12847 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
12848 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
12849 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
12850 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
12851 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
12852
12853 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
12854 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
12855 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
12856 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
12857 been added to query many of these paths for the local
12858 machine and user.
12859
12860 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
12861 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
12862 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
12863 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
12864 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
12865
12866 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
12867 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
12868 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
12869 couple of drop-in directories.
12870
12871 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
12872 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
12873 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
12874 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
12875 for dev_port.
12876
12877 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
12878 container (read from /etc/os-release and
12879 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
12880 "machinectl status" for a machine.
12881
12882 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
12883 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
12884 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
12885 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
12886 Restart= setting.
12887
12888 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
12889 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
12890 directly connect to a specific container on the
12891 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
12892 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
12893 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
12894 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
12895 containers is a privileged operation.
12896
12897 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
12898 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
12899 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
12900 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
12901 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12902 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
12903 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
12904 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
12905 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
12906 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
12907 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
12908 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12909
12910 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
12911
12912 CHANGES WITH 214:
12913
12914 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
12915 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
12916 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
12917 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
12918 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
12919 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
12920 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
12921 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
12922 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
12923 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
12924 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
12925 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
12926 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
12927 devices are excluded from this logic.
12928
12929 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
12930 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
12931 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
12932 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
12933 change has been released.
12934
12935 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
12936 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
12937 libattr is thus unnecessary.
12938
12939 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
12940 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
12941 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
12942 with fewer privileges.
12943
12944 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
12945 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
12946 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
12947 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
12948
12949 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
12950 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
12951
12952 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
12953 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
12954
12955 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
12956 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
12957 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
12958
12959 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
12960 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
12961 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
12962 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
12963 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
12964 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
12965
12966 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
12967 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
12968 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
12969
12970 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
12971 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
12972 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
12973 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
12974 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
12975 modifications of user data or system files from
12976 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
12977 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
12978
12979 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
12980 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
12981 and FIFOs in the file system.
12982
12983 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
12984 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
12985 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
12986
12987 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
12988 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
12989 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
12990 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
12991 the socket itself.
12992
12993 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
12994 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
12995 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
12996 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
12997 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
12998 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
12999 symlinks, and nothing else.
13000
13001 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
13002 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
13003 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
13004 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
13005 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
13006 process (for example, the parent process). The
13007 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
13008 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
13009 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
13010 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
13011 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
13012 messages to services when the originating process already
13013 vanished.
13014
13015 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
13016 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
13017 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
13018 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
13019 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
13020 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
13021 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
13022 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
13023 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
13024 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
13025 all long-running services.
13026
13027 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
13028 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
13029 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
13030 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
13031 service.
13032
13033 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
13034 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
13035 applied to all submounts, too.
13036
13037 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
13038
13039 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
13040 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
13041 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
13042 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
13043 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
13044 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
13045 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
13046
13047 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
13048 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
13049 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
13050 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
13051 (domU) domains.
13052
13053 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
13054 files or entire directories.
13055
13056 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
13057 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
13058 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
13059 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
13060 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
13061
13062 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
13063 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
13064 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
13065 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
13066 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
13067 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
13068 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
13069 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
13070 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
13071 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
13072 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
13073 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
13074
13075 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
13076 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
13077 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
13078 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
13079
13080 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
13081 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
13082 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
13083 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
13084 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
13085 non-directories.
13086
13087 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
13088 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
13089 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
13090
13091 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
13092 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
13093 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
13094 this group.
13095
13096 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
13097 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
13098 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
13099 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
13100 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13101 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
13102 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13103
13104 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
13105
13106 CHANGES WITH 213:
13107
13108 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
13109 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
13110 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
13111 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
13112 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
13113 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
13114 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
13115 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
13116 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
13117 client should be more than appropriate for most
13118 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
13119 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
13120 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
13121 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
13122 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
13123 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
13124 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
13125 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
13126 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
13127 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
13128 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
13129
13130 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
13131 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
13132 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
13133 part of a different namespace.
13134
13135 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
13136 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
13137 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
13138 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
13139
13140 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
13141 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
13142 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
13143
13144 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
13145 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
13146 when a service fails. This works similarly to
13147 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
13148 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
13149 restart the service in question.
13150
13151 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
13152 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
13153 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
13154 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
13155 details when running non-locally.
13156
13157 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
13158 graphs it generates.
13159
13160 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
13161 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
13162 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
13163 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
13164 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
13165
13166 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
13167
13168 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
13169 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
13170 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
13171 what it was on SysV systems.
13172
13173 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
13174 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
13175
13176 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
13177 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
13178 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
13179
13180 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
13181 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
13182 to show these addresses in its output.
13183
13184 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
13185 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
13186 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
13187 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
13188 preferred over a text one.
13189
13190 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
13191 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
13192 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
13193 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
13194 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
13195 mDNS cache.
13196
13197 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
13198 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
13199 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
13200 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
13201 of network configuration performed in some other way.
13202
13203 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
13204 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
13205 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
13206 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
13207 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
13208
13209 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
13210 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
13211 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
13212 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
13213 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
13214 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
13215 overrides any other settings.
13216
13217 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
13218 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13219 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
13220 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
13221 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
13222 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
13223 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
13224 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
13225 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13226 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13227 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
13228 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
13229 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
13230 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
13231 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
13232 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
13233 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13234
13235 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
13236
13237 CHANGES WITH 212:
13238
13239 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
13240 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
13241 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
13242 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
13243 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
13244 by accident.
13245
13246 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
13247 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
13248 registered with machined.
13249
13250 * sd-login gained new calls
13251 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
13252 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
13253 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
13254 counterparts.
13255
13256 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
13257 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
13258 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
13259 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
13260 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
13261 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
13262 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
13263 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
13264 once.
13265
13266 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
13267 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
13268 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
13269
13270 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
13271 units on all local containers, when used with the
13272 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
13273 executed when no parameters are specified).
13274
13275 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
13276 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
13277 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
13278 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
13279
13280 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
13281 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
13282 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
13283 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
13284 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
13285 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
13286
13287 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
13288 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
13289 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
13290 of the container.
13291
13292 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
13293 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
13294 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
13295 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
13296 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
13297 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
13298 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
13299 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
13300
13301 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
13302 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
13303 instead of /.
13304
13305 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
13306 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
13307 emergency messages now.
13308
13309 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
13310 journal log messages across the network.
13311
13312 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
13313 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
13314 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
13315 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
13316 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
13317 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
13318 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
13319
13320 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
13321 down a local OS container.
13322
13323 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
13324 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
13325 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
13326
13327 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
13328 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
13329 this is appropriate.
13330
13331 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
13332 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
13333 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
13334
13335 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
13336 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
13337 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
13338 for debugging purposes.
13339
13340 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
13341 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
13342 in seconds.
13343
13344 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
13345 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
13346 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
13347 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
13348 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
13349 like on traditional inetd.
13350
13351 * A new system.conf configuration option
13352 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
13353 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
13354
13355 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
13356 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
13357 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
13358 do these days).
13359
13360 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
13361 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
13362 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
13363 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
13364 could not take place because the system was powered off.
13365 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
13366
13367 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
13368 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
13369 it will be triggered.
13370
13371 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
13372 addresses to its local interfaces.
13373
13374 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
13375 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
13376 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
13377 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
13378 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
13379 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
13380 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
13381 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
13382 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13383
13384 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
13385
13386 CHANGES WITH 211:
13387
13388 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
13389 added to restrict which socket address families unit
13390 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
13391 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
13392 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
13393 is built on seccomp system call filters.
13394
13395 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
13396 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
13397 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
13398 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
13399 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
13400 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
13401 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
13402 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
13403 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
13404
13405 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
13406 matching against device group names.
13407
13408 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
13409 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
13410 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
13411 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
13412 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
13413 though.
13414
13415 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
13416 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
13417 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
13418 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
13419 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13420 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
13421 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
13422 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
13423 systems prepared appropriately.
13424
13425 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
13426 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
13427 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
13428 (see above). This means that installations made with
13429 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
13430 deployed using container managers, completely
13431 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
13432 this feature soon, too.)
13433
13434 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
13435 set up a private macvlan interface for the
13436 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
13437 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
13438
13439 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
13440 using IPv4LL.
13441
13442 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
13443 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
13444 systemd-networkd.
13445
13446 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
13447 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
13448 still not a public API though (unless you specify
13449 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
13450 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
13451
13452 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
13453 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
13454 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
13455 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
13456 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
13457 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
13458 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
13459 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
13460 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
13461 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
13462 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
13463 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
13464 users.
13465
13466 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
13467 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
13468 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
13469 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
13470 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
13471 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
13472 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
13473 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
13474 due to a closed lid.
13475
13476 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
13477 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
13478 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
13479 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
13480 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
13481 order to then act as suspend blocker.
13482
13483 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
13484 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
13485 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
13486 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
13487 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
13488
13489 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
13490 now also work in --scope mode.
13491
13492 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
13493 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
13494 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
13495 promises are made.)
13496
13497 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
13498 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
13499 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
13500 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
13501 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
13502 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
13503 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
13504 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
13505 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
13506 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13507
13508 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
13509
13510 CHANGES WITH 210:
13511
13512 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
13513 according to SMACK rules.
13514
13515 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
13516 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
13517
13518 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
13519 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
13520 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
13521
13522 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
13523 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
13524 and machine ID.
13525
13526 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
13527 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
13528 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
13529 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
13530 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
13531 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
13532 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
13533 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
13534 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
13535 backpack or similar.
13536
13537 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
13538 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
13539 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
13540 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
13541 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
13542 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
13543 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
13544 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
13545 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
13546 this on its own.
13547
13548 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
13549 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
13550 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
13551 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
13552
13553 * We will now ship a default .network file for
13554 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
13555 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
13556 --network-bridge= switches.
13557
13558 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
13559 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
13560 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
13561 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
13562 metrics, according to what is customary according to
13563 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
13564 each configuration option.
13565
13566 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
13567 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
13568 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
13569 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
13570 at once.
13571
13572 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
13573 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
13574 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
13575 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
13576 triggered by other work being done in the program.
13577
13578 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
13579 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
13580 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
13581 default however.
13582
13583 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
13584 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
13585 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
13586 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
13587 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
13588 them with systemd-networkd.
13589
13590 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
13591 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
13592 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
13593 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
13594 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
13595 is drastically increased, but given that these are
13596 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
13597 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
13598 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
13599 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
13600 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
13601 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
13602 during a transitional period!
13603
13604 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
13605 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
13606
13607 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
13608 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
13609 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
13610 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
13611 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
13612 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
13613 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
13614 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13615
13616 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
13617
13618 CHANGES WITH 209:
13619
13620 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
13621 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
13622 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
13623 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
13624 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
13625 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
13626 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
13627 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
13628 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
13629 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
13630 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
13631 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
13632
13633 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
13634 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
13635 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
13636 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
13637 machines and the like.
13638
13639 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
13640 shutdown/boot.
13641
13642 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
13643 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
13644
13645 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
13646 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
13647 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
13648 prepared for additional security frameworks.
13649
13650 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
13651 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
13652 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
13653 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
13654 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
13655 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
13656
13657 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
13658 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
13659 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
13660 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
13661 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
13662 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
13663 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
13664 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
13665 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
13666
13667 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
13668 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
13669
13670 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
13671 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
13672 implementation.
13673
13674 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
13675 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
13676 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
13677 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
13678 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
13679 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
13680 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
13681 and .service units.
13682
13683 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
13684 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
13685 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
13686
13687 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
13688 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
13689 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
13690 nothing makes use of it.
13691
13692 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
13693 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
13694 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
13695
13696 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
13697 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
13698 compatibility purposes.
13699
13700 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
13701 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
13702 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
13703 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
13704 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
13705 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
13706 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
13707 process handling.
13708
13709 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
13710 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
13711 style to "sd-bus.h".
13712
13713 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
13714 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
13715 "systemd-networkd".
13716
13717 * There is a new kernel command line option
13718 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
13719 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
13720 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
13721 are not restored.
13722
13723 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
13724 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
13725 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
13726 PID1's support for that anymore.
13727
13728 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
13729 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
13730
13731 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
13732 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
13733 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
13734 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
13735 container that is registered with machined, such as those
13736 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
13737
13738 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
13739 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
13740 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
13741 onto remote systems.
13742
13743 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
13744 login in any local container. This works with any container
13745 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
13746 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
13747
13748 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
13749 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
13750 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
13751 system of some kind.
13752
13753 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
13754 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
13755 next.
13756
13757 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
13758 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
13759 reboot() system call.
13760
13761 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
13762 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
13763 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
13764 still available but not advertised anymore.
13765
13766 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
13767 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
13768 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
13769 within each Unit.
13770
13771 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
13772 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
13773 the kernel).
13774
13775 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
13776 timestamps (following the setting in
13777 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
13778
13779 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
13780 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
13781
13782 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
13783 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
13784
13785 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
13786 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
13787 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
13788
13789 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
13790 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
13791 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
13792 the full configuration is shown.
13793
13794 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
13795 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
13796 those commands which take multiple unit names.
13797
13798 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
13799
13800 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
13801 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
13802
13803 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
13804 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
13805 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
13806 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
13807
13808 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
13809 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
13810 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
13811 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
13812
13813 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
13814 of the legend text.
13815
13816 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
13817 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
13818 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
13819 remote sessions.
13820
13821 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
13822 information of SDIO devices.
13823
13824 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
13825 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
13826 the system manager.
13827
13828 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
13829 short description of the connection parameters in the
13830 description.
13831
13832 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
13833 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
13834 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
13835 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
13836 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
13837 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
13838 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
13839
13840 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
13841 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
13842 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
13843 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
13844 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
13845 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
13846 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
13847 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
13848 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
13849
13850 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
13851 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
13852 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
13853 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
13854 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
13855 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
13856 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
13857 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
13858 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
13859 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
13860 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
13861 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
13862 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
13863 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
13864 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
13865 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
13866 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
13867 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
13868 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
13869 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
13870 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
13871 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
13872 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
13873
13874 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
13875 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
13876 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
13877 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
13878 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
13879 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
13880 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
13881 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
13882 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
13883 that you are aware of the instability of the current
13884 APIs.
13885
13886 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
13887 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
13888 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
13889 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
13890 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
13891 declare the APIs stable.
13892
13893 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
13894 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
13895 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
13896 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
13897 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
13898 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
13899 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
13900 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
13901 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
13902 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
13903 one of them is updated.
13904
13905 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
13906 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
13907 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
13908 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
13909 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
13910
13911 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
13912 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
13913 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
13914 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
13915 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
13916 entry points.
13917
13918 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
13919 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
13920 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
13921 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
13922 been disabled at compile-time.
13923
13924 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
13925 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
13926 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
13927 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
13928
13929 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
13930 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
13931 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
13932
13933 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
13934 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
13935 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
13936
13937 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
13938 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
13939 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
13940
13941 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
13942 remains until jobs expire.
13943
13944 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
13945 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
13946 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
13947 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
13948 all remaining processes of the service.
13949
13950 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
13951 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
13952 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
13953 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
13954 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
13955 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
13956 manager process which created them takes no further
13957 responsibilities for it.
13958
13959 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
13960 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
13961 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
13962 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
13963 marked executable or world-writable.
13964
13965 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
13966 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
13967 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
13968 "--setenv=" for consistency.
13969
13970 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
13971 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
13972 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
13973 independent of the host.
13974
13975 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
13976 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
13977 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
13978 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
13979
13980 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
13981 with specific SELinux labels set.
13982
13983 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
13984 any additional output but the container's own console
13985 output.
13986
13987 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
13988 container without PID namespacing enabled.
13989
13990 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
13991 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
13992 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
13993 OS images, but only specific apps.
13994
13995 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
13996 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
13997 results in registration of the unit service itself in
13998 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
13999
14000 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
14001 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
14002 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
14003 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
14004 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
14005 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
14006
14007 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
14008 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
14009 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
14010 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
14011 units to use.
14012
14013 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
14014 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
14015 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
14016 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
14017
14018 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
14019 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
14020 context for a service.
14021
14022 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
14023 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
14024 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
14025 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
14026 influence this logic.
14027
14028 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
14029 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
14030 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
14031 other things.
14032
14033 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
14034 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
14035 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
14036 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
14037 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
14038 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
14039 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
14040 architectures). There is also a global
14041 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
14042 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
14043
14044 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
14045 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
14046
14047 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
14048 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
14049 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14050 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
14051 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
14052 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
14053 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
14054 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
14055 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
14056 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
14057 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
14058 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
14059 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14060 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
14061 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14062 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
14063 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
14064 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
14065 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
14066 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
14067 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
14068 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
14069 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
14070 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14071
14072 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
14073
14074 CHANGES WITH 208:
14075
14076 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
14077 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
14078 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
14079 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
14080 access input and drm devices which are normally
14081 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
14082 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
14083 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
14084 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
14085 session switching without allowing background sessions to
14086 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
14087 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
14088 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
14089
14090 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
14091 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
14092 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
14093
14094 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
14095 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
14096 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
14097 kernel version number.
14098
14099 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
14100 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
14101 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
14102
14103 * This release removes high-level support for the
14104 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
14105 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
14106 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
14107 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
14108
14109 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
14110 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
14111 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
14112 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
14113 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
14114 cgroup system.
14115
14116 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
14117 messages containing the slice a message was generated
14118 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
14119 logs among other things.
14120
14121 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
14122 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
14123 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
14124 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
14125 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
14126 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
14127 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
14128 journald which would be necessary to resolve
14129 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
14130 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
14131 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
14132 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
14133 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
14134 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
14135 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
14136 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
14137 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
14138 not delayed until next reboot.
14139
14140 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
14141 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
14142 systemd generated files in one directory.
14143
14144 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
14145 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
14146 performance information if that's available to determine how
14147 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
14148 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
14149 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
14150
14151 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
14152 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
14153 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
14154 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14155 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
14156 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
14157 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14158
14159 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
14160
14161 CHANGES WITH 207:
14162
14163 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
14164 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
14165 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
14166 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
14167
14168 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
14169 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
14170 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
14171 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
14172 specified on the kernel command line less important.
14173
14174 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
14175 retrieve the VT number of a session.
14176
14177 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
14178 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
14179 maximum number of tries.
14180
14181 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
14182 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
14183 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
14184
14185 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
14186 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
14187
14188 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
14189 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
14190 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
14191
14192 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
14193 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
14194 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
14195
14196 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
14197 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
14198 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
14199 and type).
14200
14201 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
14202 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
14203
14204 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
14205 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
14206 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
14207 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
14208
14209 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
14210 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
14211 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
14212 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
14213 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
14214 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
14215 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
14216 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
14217
14218 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
14219 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
14220 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
14221 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
14222
14223 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
14224 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
14225 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
14226 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
14227 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
14228 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
14229 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
14230
14231 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
14232 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
14233
14234 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
14235 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
14236 automatically after the process terminated.
14237
14238 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
14239 certain paths from operation.
14240
14241 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
14242 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
14243 is received.
14244
14245 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
14246 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
14247 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
14248 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
14249 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
14250 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
14251 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
14252 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
14253 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
14254 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
14255 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
14256 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
14257 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14258
14259 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
14260
14261 CHANGES WITH 206:
14262
14263 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
14264 concepts introduced with 205.
14265
14266 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
14267 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
14268 -r".
14269
14270 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
14271 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
14272 --state= parameter.
14273
14274 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
14275 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
14276 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
14277 the journal.
14278
14279 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
14280 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
14281 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
14282
14283 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
14284 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
14285 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
14286 browsing logs from that point on.
14287
14288 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
14289 of an FSS key.
14290
14291 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
14292 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
14293 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
14294 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
14295 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
14296 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
14297 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
14298 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
14299 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
14300 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
14301 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
14302 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
14303 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
14304 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
14305
14306 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
14307 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
14308 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
14309 backing module right-away.
14310
14311 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
14312 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
14313
14314 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
14315 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
14316
14317 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
14318 set of processes in the message metadata.
14319
14320 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
14321
14322 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
14323 support for passing performance data via environment
14324 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
14325 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
14326 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
14327 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
14328 deserialize it again.
14329
14330 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
14331 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
14332 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
14333 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
14334
14335 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
14336 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
14337 completely silent shutdown when used.
14338
14339 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
14340 option in .socket units.
14341
14342 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
14343 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
14344 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
14345 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
14346 system.slice as before.
14347
14348 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
14349
14350 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
14351 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
14352 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14353 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
14354 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
14355 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
14356 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14357
14358 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
14359
14360 CHANGES WITH 205:
14361
14362 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
14363
14364 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
14365 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
14366 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
14367 possible for system services and applications to group their
14368 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
14369 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
14370 together, or apply resource limits on them.
14371
14372 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
14373 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
14374 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
14375 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
14376 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
14377
14378 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
14379 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
14380 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
14381 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
14382
14383 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
14384 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
14385 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
14386 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
14387 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
14388 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
14389 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
14390 and useful as a general batch manager.
14391
14392 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
14393 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
14394 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
14395 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
14396 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
14397 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
14398 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
14399 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
14400 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
14401 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
14402
14403 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
14404 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
14405 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
14406 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
14407 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
14408 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
14409 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
14410 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
14411 is compile-time optional.
14412
14413 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
14414 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
14415 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
14416 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
14417 well as slice units.
14418
14419 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
14420 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
14421 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
14422 but will be extended later on to make more properties
14423 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
14424 command that wraps this call.
14425
14426 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
14427 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
14428 while configuring a number of settings via the command
14429 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
14430 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
14431 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
14432 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
14433
14434 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
14435 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
14436 off audit.
14437
14438 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
14439 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
14440
14441 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
14442 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
14443 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
14444 and system logs.
14445
14446 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
14447 snippets extending unit files.
14448
14449 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
14450 not available as public API.
14451
14452 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
14453 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
14454 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
14455
14456 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
14457 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
14458 controls what to boot into by default.
14459
14460 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
14461 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
14462
14463 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
14464 generators needed for execution, as well as information
14465 about the unit file loading.
14466
14467 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
14468 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
14469 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
14470 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
14471 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
14472 racy due to journal file rotation.
14473
14474 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
14475 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
14476 all services.
14477
14478 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
14479 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
14480 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
14481 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
14482 system services want to log events about specific client
14483 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
14484 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
14485 unit is requested.
14486
14487 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
14488 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
14489 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
14490 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
14491 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
14492 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14493 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
14494 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
14495 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
14496 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
14497 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
14498 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
14499 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
14500
14501 CHANGES WITH 204:
14502
14503 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
14504 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
14505
14506 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
14507 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
14508 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
14509
14510 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
14511 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14512
14513 CHANGES WITH 203:
14514
14515 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
14516 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
14517
14518 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
14519 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
14520 fields, including the root directory.
14521
14522 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
14523 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
14524 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
14525 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
14526 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
14527 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
14528 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
14529 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
14530 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
14531 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
14532 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
14533
14534 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
14535 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
14536
14537 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
14538 have taken an inhibitor lock.
14539
14540 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
14541 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
14542 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
14543 the local hostname.
14544
14545 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
14546 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
14547 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
14548 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
14549 VMs/containers coming and going.
14550
14551 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
14552 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
14553 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
14554
14555 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
14556 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
14557 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
14558 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
14559
14560 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
14561 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
14562 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
14563
14564 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
14565 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
14566 services. With the container's root directory in
14567 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
14568 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
14569
14570 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
14571 the processes within a certain container.
14572
14573 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
14574 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
14575 check though. Patches welcome!
14576
14577 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
14578 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
14579 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
14580 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
14581 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
14582
14583 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
14584 the passed argument if applicable.
14585
14586 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
14587 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
14588 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
14589 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14590 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
14591 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
14592 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
14593 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14594
14595 CHANGES WITH 202:
14596
14597 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
14598 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
14599 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
14600 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
14601 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
14602 units activate.
14603
14604 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
14605 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
14606 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
14607 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
14608 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
14609 for now, and not installable.
14610
14611 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
14612 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
14613 can run in conjunction with udev.
14614
14615 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
14616 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
14617 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
14618 session manager.
14619
14620 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
14621 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
14622 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
14623 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
14624 services, user processes and containers/virtual
14625 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
14626 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
14627 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
14628 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
14629 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
14630 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
14631
14632 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
14633
14634 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
14635 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
14636 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
14637 logical expressions.
14638
14639 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
14640 switches.
14641
14642 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
14643 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
14644 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
14645 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
14646 the user.
14647
14648 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
14649 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
14650 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
14651 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
14652 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
14653 an entry.
14654
14655 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
14656 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14657 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
14658 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14659 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
14660 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14661
14662 CHANGES WITH 201:
14663
14664 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
14665 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
14666 directory.
14667
14668 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
14669 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
14670 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
14671 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
14672 problem.
14673
14674 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
14675 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
14676 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
14677 before the key file is attempted to be read.
14678
14679 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
14680 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
14681
14682 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
14683 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
14684 files in this context are files such as
14685 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
14686
14687 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
14688 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
14689 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
14690 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
14691 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
14692 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
14693
14694 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
14695 hostnames.
14696
14697 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
14698 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
14699 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
14700 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
14701 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
14702 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
14703 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
14704 all time-related output of systemd.
14705
14706 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
14707 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
14708 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
14709 loops.
14710
14711 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
14712 (models, layouts, variants, options).
14713
14714 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
14715 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
14716 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
14717 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
14718 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
14719
14720 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
14721 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
14722 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
14723 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
14724 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
14725 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
14726 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
14727
14728 CHANGES WITH 200:
14729
14730 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
14731 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
14732 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
14733 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
14734 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
14735 middle ground between physical and access time order.
14736
14737 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
14738 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
14739 images.
14740
14741 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
14742 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
14743 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14744
14745 CHANGES WITH 199:
14746
14747 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
14748
14749 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
14750 security policy.
14751
14752 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
14753 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
14754 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
14755 shared by all processes of a service (which means
14756 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
14757 the same service can still access). When a service is
14758 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
14759 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
14760 this though).
14761
14762 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
14763 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
14764 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
14765 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
14766 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
14767 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
14768
14769 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
14770 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
14771
14772 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
14773 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
14774
14775 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
14776
14777 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
14778 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
14779 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
14780 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
14781 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
14782
14783 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
14784 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
14785 system is to be mounted.
14786
14787 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
14788 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
14789 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
14790 purpose for socket units.
14791
14792 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
14793 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
14794
14795 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
14796 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
14797 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
14798 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
14799 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
14800
14801 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
14802 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
14803 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
14804 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14805 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
14806 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
14807 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
14808 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
14809 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14810
14811 CHANGES WITH 198:
14812
14813 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
14814 files without having to edit/override the unit files
14815 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
14816 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
14817 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
14818 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
14819 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
14820 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
14821 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
14822 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
14823 unit files locally: copying the files from
14824 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
14825 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
14826 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
14827 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
14828 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
14829 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
14830 for them too.
14831
14832 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
14833 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
14834 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
14835 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
14836 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
14837 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
14838 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
14839 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
14840 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
14841
14842 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
14843 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
14844
14845 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
14846 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
14847 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
14848 other users.
14849
14850 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
14851 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
14852 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
14853 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
14854 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
14855 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
14856 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
14857 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
14858 management logic is also available to other programs via the
14859 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
14860 supported.
14861
14862 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
14863 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
14864 the foreground VT.
14865
14866 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
14867 call.
14868
14869 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
14870 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
14871 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
14872 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
14873 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
14874 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
14875 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
14876 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
14877 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
14878 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
14879 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
14880 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
14881 also been removed.
14882
14883 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
14884 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
14885 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
14886 objects themselves.
14887
14888 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
14889
14890 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
14891 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
14892 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
14893 to how this is supported in shells.
14894
14895 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
14896 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
14897 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
14898 user systemd instance.
14899
14900 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
14901 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
14902 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
14903 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
14904 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
14905 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
14906 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
14907 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
14908 one day for good in the kernel.
14909
14910 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
14911 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
14912 container.
14913
14914 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
14915 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
14916 the host into the container.
14917
14918 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
14919 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
14920 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
14921 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
14922 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
14923 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
14924
14925 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
14926
14927 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
14928 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
14929 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
14930 configured to be mounted there.
14931
14932 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
14933 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
14934 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
14935 system resume events.
14936
14937 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
14938 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
14939 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
14940 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
14941
14942 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
14943 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
14944 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
14945 card).
14946
14947 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
14948 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
14949 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
14950
14951 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
14952 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
14953 later "change" event.
14954
14955 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
14956 now carry a message ID.
14957
14958 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
14959 continues to be work in progress.
14960
14961 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
14962 root directory to operate relative to.
14963
14964 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
14965 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
14966 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
14967 times a little.
14968
14969 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
14970 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
14971 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
14972 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
14973 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
14974 request boot into firmware operations.
14975
14976 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
14977 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
14978 correctly in initrds.
14979
14980 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
14981 compile time optional via a configure switch.
14982
14983 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
14984 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
14985
14986 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
14987 the status of all active or failed units.
14988
14989 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
14990 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
14991 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
14992 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
14993 requests more robust.
14994
14995 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
14996 reading journal files.
14997
14998 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
14999 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
15000
15001 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
15002
15003 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
15004 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
15005
15006 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
15007 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
15008 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
15009 socket activation in daemons.
15010
15011 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
15012 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
15013
15014 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
15015 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
15016 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
15017
15018 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
15019 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
15020 system units.
15021
15022 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
15023 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
15024 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
15025
15026 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
15027 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
15028 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
15029 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
15030 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
15031 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
15032 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
15033 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
15034 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
15035 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
15036 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
15037 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
15038 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
15039 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
15040 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
15041 package installation time.
15042
15043 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
15044 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
15045 scripts need to create these system user/group at
15046 installation time.
15047
15048 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
15049 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
15050
15051 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
15052
15053 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
15054 available.
15055
15056 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
15057 load SMACK policies at early boot.
15058
15059 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
15060 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
15061 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
15062 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
15063 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15064 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
15065 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
15066 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
15067 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
15068 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
15069 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
15070 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15071 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
15072 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
15073
15074 CHANGES WITH 197:
15075
15076 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
15077 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
15078 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
15079 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
15080 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
15081 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
15082 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
15083 the supported calendar time specification language see
15084 systemd.time(7).
15085
15086 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
15087 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
15088 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
15089 document for details:
15090
15091 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
15092
15093 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
15094 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
15095 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
15096 implementations around and minimal in its code and
15097 dependencies.
15098
15099 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
15100 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
15101 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
15102 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
15103 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
15104 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
15105 with a configure switch.
15106
15107 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
15108 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
15109 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
15110 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
15111 such as ext4.
15112
15113 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
15114 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
15115 identities are attached to the devices as well.
15116
15117 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
15118 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
15119
15120 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
15121 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
15122 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
15123 using only core OS tools.
15124
15125 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
15126 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
15127 implementation of socket activated nspawn
15128 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
15129 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
15130 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
15131 eventually.
15132
15133 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
15134 presenting log data.
15135
15136 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
15137 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
15138
15139 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
15140 system on idle.
15141
15142 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
15143 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
15144 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
15145 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
15146 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
15147 information if possible.
15148
15149 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
15150 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
15151 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
15152
15153 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
15154 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
15155 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
15156 is running on battery power.
15157
15158 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
15159 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
15160 is in the "failed" state.
15161
15162 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
15163 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
15164 environment files at once.
15165
15166 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
15167 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
15168 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
15169 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
15170 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
15171 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
15172 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
15173 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
15174 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
15175 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
15176 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
15177 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
15178 pieces of code locally from the git history.
15179
15180 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
15181 log the unit name in the message meta data.
15182
15183 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
15184 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
15185
15186 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
15187 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
15188 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
15189 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
15190 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
15191 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
15192 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
15193 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
15194 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
15195 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
15196 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
15197 shipped from us upstream.
15198
15199 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
15200 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
15201 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
15202 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
15203 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15204 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
15205 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
15206 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
15207 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
15208 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
15209 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
15210 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
15211 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15212
15213 CHANGES WITH 196:
15214
15215 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
15216 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
15217 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
15218 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
15219 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
15220 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
15221 becoming the one central database for non-essential
15222 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
15223 database was only attached to select devices, since the
15224 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
15225 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
15226 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
15227 data for all devices where this is available, by
15228 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
15229 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
15230 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
15231 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
15232 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
15233 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
15234
15235 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
15236 indexed database to link up additional information with
15237 journal entries. For further details please check:
15238
15239 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
15240
15241 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
15242 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
15243 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
15244 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
15245 macro for this purpose.
15246
15247 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
15248 Python logging framework.
15249
15250 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
15251 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
15252 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
15253 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
15254 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
15255 time intervals.
15256
15257 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
15258 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
15259 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
15260
15261 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
15262 right-away on the selected coredump.
15263
15264 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
15265 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
15266 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
15267
15268 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
15269 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
15270 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
15271 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
15272
15273 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
15274 default.
15275
15276 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
15277 SMACK security label.
15278
15279 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
15280 daylight saving change.
15281
15282 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
15283 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
15284 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
15285 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
15286 distributions who still need support this to either continue
15287 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
15288 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
15289
15290 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
15291 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
15292 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
15293 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
15294 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
15295 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
15296 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
15297
15298 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
15299 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
15300
15301 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
15302 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
15303 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
15304 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
15305 offline updating tools.
15306
15307 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
15308 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
15309 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
15310 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
15311 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
15312 directories for packages to place various data files in.
15313
15314 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
15315 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
15316
15317 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
15318 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
15319 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
15320 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15321 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
15322 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
15323 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
15324 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
15325 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15326
15327 CHANGES WITH 195:
15328
15329 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
15330 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
15331 units via --unit=/-u.
15332
15333 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
15334 right thing.
15335
15336 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
15337 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
15338 rotation.
15339
15340 * The journal will now index the available field values for
15341 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
15342 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
15343 completion of journalctl has been updated
15344 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
15345 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
15346
15347 * More service events are now written as structured messages
15348 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
15349
15350 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
15351 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
15352 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
15353 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
15354 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
15355 these settings from the command line now, especially since
15356 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
15357 completion.
15358
15359 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
15360 extract coredumps from the journal.
15361
15362 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
15363 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
15364 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
15365 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
15366 scratch their heads.
15367
15368 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
15369 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
15370
15371 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
15372 in immediate termination of systemd.
15373
15374 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
15375 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
15376
15377 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
15378 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
15379 mouse screen support has been added.
15380
15381 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
15382 Server-Sent-Events as output.
15383
15384 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
15385 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
15386 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
15387 "systemctl reload".
15388
15389 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
15390 -u" instead.
15391
15392 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
15393 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
15394 configured.
15395
15396 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
15397 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
15398
15399 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
15400 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
15401 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
15402 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
15403 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
15404 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
15405 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
15406
15407 CHANGES WITH 194:
15408
15409 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
15410 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
15411 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
15412 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
15413 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
15414 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
15415 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
15416 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
15417 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
15418 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
15419 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
15420 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
15421
15422 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
15423 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
15424 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15425
15426 CHANGES WITH 193:
15427
15428 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
15429 starting from the specified location in the journal.
15430
15431 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
15432 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
15433 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
15434
15435 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
15436 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
15437 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
15438 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
15439 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
15440 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
15441 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
15442
15443 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
15444 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
15445
15446 This will download the journal contents in a
15447 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
15448
15449 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
15450
15451 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
15452 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
15453 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
15454 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
15455 screenshot of this app in its current state:
15456
15457 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
15458
15459 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
15460 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
15461
15462 CHANGES WITH 192:
15463
15464 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
15465 too.
15466
15467 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
15468 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
15469 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
15470 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
15471 just start them.
15472
15473 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
15474 and line break accordingly.
15475
15476 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15477 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
15478
15479 CHANGES WITH 191:
15480
15481 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
15482 container environment, copying the host's timezone
15483 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
15484 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
15485 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
15486
15487 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
15488 will default to 10 if omitted.
15489
15490 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
15491 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
15492 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
15493 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
15494 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
15495
15496 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
15497 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
15498 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
15499 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
15500 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
15501 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
15502 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
15503
15504 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
15505 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
15506 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
15507 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
15508 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
15509 into two.
15510
15511 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
15512 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
15513
15514 CHANGES WITH 190:
15515
15516 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
15517 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
15518 "systemctl status".
15519
15520 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
15521 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
15522 system to another place in the same file system could not be
15523 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
15524 field.)
15525
15526 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
15527 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
15528 default.
15529
15530 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
15531 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
15532 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
15533 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
15534 in a container.
15535
15536 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
15537 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
15538 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
15539 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
15540 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
15541 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
15542
15543 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
15544 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
15545 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
15546 no-op.
15547
15548 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
15549 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
15550 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
15551 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
15552 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
15553
15554 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
15555 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
15556
15557 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
15558 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
15559 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
15560 command.
15561
15562 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
15563 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
15564 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
15565
15566 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
15567
15568 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
15569 multiple files at once.
15570
15571 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
15572 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
15573 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
15574 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
15575 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
15576 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
15577 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
15578
15579 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
15580 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
15581 now support specifiers as well.
15582
15583 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
15584 dir: %_presetdir.
15585
15586 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
15587 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
15588
15589 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
15590 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
15591 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
15592 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
15593 anymore.
15594
15595 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
15596 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
15597 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
15598 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
15599
15600 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
15601 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
15602 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
15603
15604 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
15605 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
15606 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
15607 sockets.
15608
15609 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
15610 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
15611 is changed.
15612
15613 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
15614 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
15615 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
15616 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
15617 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
15618 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
15619 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
15620
15621 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
15622
15623 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
15624 the unit file label and client process label into account.
15625
15626 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
15627 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
15628
15629 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
15630 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
15631 (%b).
15632
15633 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
15634 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
15635 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15636 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15637 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
15638 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
15639 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15640
15641 CHANGES WITH 189:
15642
15643 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
15644 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
15645
15646 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
15647 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
15648 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
15649 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
15650 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
15651 syslog daemons again.
15652
15653 * The libudev API gained the new
15654 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
15655
15656 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
15657 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
15658 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
15659 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
15660
15661 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
15662 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
15663 container.
15664
15665 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
15666 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
15667 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
15668 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
15669 this explaining it in more detail.
15670
15671 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
15672 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
15673 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
15674 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
15675
15676 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
15677 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
15678 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
15679 journal files.
15680
15681 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
15682 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
15683 as container init process a lot more fun.
15684
15685 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
15686 entries.
15687
15688 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
15689 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
15690 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
15691 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
15692 different sets of services.
15693
15694 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
15695 failure state.
15696
15697 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
15698 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
15699 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15700
15701 CHANGES WITH 188:
15702
15703 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
15704 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
15705 tree a lot more organized.
15706
15707 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
15708 may be used to group services in a natural way.
15709
15710 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
15711 services.
15712
15713 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
15714 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
15715 filtering by log level now.
15716
15717 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
15718 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
15719 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
15720
15721 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
15722 command lines involving service unit names.
15723
15724 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
15725 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
15726
15727 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
15728 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
15729 and encodes structured information about the error number.
15730
15731 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
15732 option.
15733
15734 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
15735 a shutdown is cancelled.
15736
15737 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
15738 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
15739 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
15740 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
15741 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
15742
15743 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
15744 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
15745 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
15746 for display managers instead.
15747
15748 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
15749 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
15750 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
15751 protection, and suchlike.
15752
15753 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
15754 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
15755 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
15756 the service.
15757
15758 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
15759 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
15760 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
15761 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
15762 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
15763 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15764
15765 CHANGES WITH 187:
15766
15767 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
15768 pages.
15769
15770 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
15771 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
15772 data loss.
15773
15774 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
15775 option.
15776
15777 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
15778
15779 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
15780 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
15781
15782 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
15783 specific directory.
15784
15785 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
15786 messages of two different boots.
15787
15788 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
15789 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
15790 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
15791
15792 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
15793 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
15794 disjunctions.
15795
15796 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
15797 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
15798 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
15799
15800 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
15801 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
15802 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
15803
15804 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
15805 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
15806 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
15807 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
15808 speed things up a bit.
15809
15810 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
15811 header data of journal files.
15812
15813 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
15814 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
15815 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
15816
15817 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
15818 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
15819 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
15820 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
15821
15822 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
15823
15824 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
15825 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
15826 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
15827 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15828
15829 CHANGES WITH 186:
15830
15831 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
15832 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
15833 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
15834 prefixed with rd.
15835
15836 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
15837 automatically generated at boot. Use:
15838
15839 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
15840
15841 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
15842
15843 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
15844
15845 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
15846 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
15847 as well.
15848
15849 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
15850 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
15851 in all appropriate directories automatically.
15852
15853 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
15854 does the right thing. Example:
15855
15856 udevadm info /dev/sda
15857 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
15858
15859 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
15860 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
15861 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
15862 running.
15863
15864 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
15865 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
15866
15867 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
15868 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
15869
15870 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
15871 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
15872 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
15873 files.
15874
15875 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
15876 be stopped that is not loaded.
15877
15878 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
15879
15880 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
15881
15882 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
15883 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
15884 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
15885 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
15886
15887 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
15888 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
15889 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
15890 completed initialization.
15891
15892 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
15893
15894 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
15895 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
15896 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
15897 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
15898 distributions.
15899
15900 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
15901 always valid when services log to the journal via
15902 STDOUT/STDERR.
15903
15904 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
15905 command line options we understand.
15906
15907 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
15908 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
15909
15910 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
15911 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
15912
15913 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
15914 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
15915 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
15916 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
15917
15918 systemctl status /home
15919 systemctl status /dev/sda
15920
15921 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
15922 system.conf parsing.
15923
15924 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
15925 Manager object.
15926
15927 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
15928
15929 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
15930
15931 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
15932 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
15933 complete.
15934
15935 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
15936 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
15937 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
15938 systemd-fsck@.service.
15939
15940 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
15941 Manager object.
15942
15943 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
15944 work sensibly.
15945
15946 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
15947 we actually understand.
15948
15949 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
15950 additional capabilities to the container.
15951
15952 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
15953 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
15954 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
15955
15956 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
15957 the current boot only.
15958
15959 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
15960 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
15961
15962 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
15963 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
15964 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
15965 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
15966 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
15967
15968 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
15969
15970 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
15971 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15972 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
15973 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
15974
15975 CHANGES WITH 185:
15976
15977 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
15978 available.
15979
15980 * Several new man pages have been added.
15981
15982 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
15983 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
15984 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
15985 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
15986
15987 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
15988 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
15989
15990 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
15991 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
15992 Matthias Clasen
15993
15994 CHANGES WITH 184:
15995
15996 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
15997 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
15998
15999 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
16000 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
16001 daemon.
16002
16003 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
16004 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
16005
16006 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
16007 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
16008 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
16009 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
16010
16011 CHANGES WITH 183:
16012
16013 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
16014 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
16015 and systemd's most recent version number.
16016
16017 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
16018 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
16019 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
16020 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
16021 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
16022 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
16023
16024 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
16025 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
16026 subsystems.
16027
16028 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
16029 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
16030 used to subscribe to events.
16031
16032 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
16033 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
16034 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
16035 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
16036 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
16037 forked by udev rules.
16038
16039 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
16040 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
16041 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
16042 it.
16043
16044 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
16045 udev_monitor_from_socket()
16046 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
16047 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
16048 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
16049
16050 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
16051 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
16052
16053 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
16054 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
16055 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
16056 the files to the new names on upgrade.
16057
16058 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
16059 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
16060 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
16061 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
16062 to be used as drop-in files.
16063
16064 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
16065 particular suspending and hibernating.
16066
16067 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
16068 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
16069 about this in more detail.
16070
16071 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
16072 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
16073 places). Distributions which have not converted these
16074 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
16075 from git history and add them downstream.
16076
16077 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
16078 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
16079 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
16080 units.
16081
16082 * All smaller setup units (such as
16083 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
16084 are run in a container and are skipped when
16085 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
16086 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
16087
16088 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
16089 integrated, for details see:
16090 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
16091
16092 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
16093 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
16094 messages.
16095
16096 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
16097 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
16098 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
16099 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
16100 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
16101
16102 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
16103 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
16104 for all units started by PID 1.
16105
16106 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
16107 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
16108 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
16109
16110 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
16111 of PID 1 anymore.
16112
16113 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
16114 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
16115 have not been read by systemd yet.
16116
16117 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
16118 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
16119 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
16120 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
16121 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
16122 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
16123
16124 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
16125 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
16126
16127 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
16128
16129 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
16130 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
16131 so sexy.
16132
16133 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
16134 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
16135 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
16136 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
16137 patterns.
16138
16139 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
16140 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
16141 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
16142 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
16143
16144 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
16145 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
16146
16147 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
16148 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
16149 in systemd now.
16150
16151 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
16152 ID on the command line.
16153
16154 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
16155 for an init system.
16156
16157 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
16158 vt100.
16159
16160 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
16161
16162 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
16163 components now have directories of their own.
16164
16165 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
16166
16167 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
16168 container in other hierarchies.
16169
16170 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
16171 system.conf.
16172
16173 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
16174
16175 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
16176 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
16177
16178 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
16179 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
16180
16181 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
16182 locally generated journal files.
16183
16184 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
16185
16186 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
16187
16188 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
16189 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
16190 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
16191 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
16192 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
16193 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
16194 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16195 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
16196 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16197 Gundersen
16198
16199 CHANGES WITH 44:
16200
16201 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16202
16203 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
16204 KVM or container configured UUID.
16205
16206 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
16207
16208 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
16209
16210 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16211 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
16212
16213 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16214
16215 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
16216 folks
16217
16218 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
16219 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16220 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
16221
16222 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
16223 configuration
16224
16225 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
16226 free fashion
16227
16228 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
16229 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
16230 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16231 automatically generated data.
16232
16233 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
16234 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
16235 however.
16236
16237 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
16238 tarball.
16239
16240 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
16241 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
16242 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
16243 Reding
16244
16245 CHANGES WITH 43:
16246
16247 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16248
16249 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
16250
16251 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
16252
16253 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
16254 normal user logins.
16255
16256 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
16257 Biebl
16258
16259 CHANGES WITH 42:
16260
16261 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
16262
16263 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
16264 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
16265 xsltproc.
16266
16267 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
16268 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
16269 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
16270
16271 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
16272 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
16273 reboot can automatically be triggered.
16274
16275 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
16276
16277 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
16278 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
16279 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
16280
16281 CHANGES WITH 41:
16282
16283 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
16284 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
16285 package update.
16286
16287 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
16288 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
16289 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
16290
16291 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
16292 complete.
16293
16294 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
16295 understood to set system wide environment variables
16296 dynamically at boot.
16297
16298 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
16299
16300 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
16301 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
16302 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
16303 files.
16304
16305 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16306 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
16307 William Douglas
16308
16309 CHANGES WITH 40:
16310
16311 * This is mostly a bugfix release
16312
16313 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
16314 "Result" D-Bus property.
16315
16316 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
16317 the next few releases.)
16318
16319 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
16320 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
16321 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
16322 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
16323
16324 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
16325 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
16326 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
16327
16328 CHANGES WITH 39:
16329
16330 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16331 bugfixes.
16332
16333 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
16334 resource usage.
16335
16336 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
16337 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
16338 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
16339 journals by the respective users.
16340
16341 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
16342 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
16343 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
16344
16345 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
16346 client for all entries.
16347
16348 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
16349
16350 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
16351 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
16352
16353 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
16354 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
16355 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
16356 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
16357
16358 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
16359 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
16360 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
16361
16362 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
16363 journal along with meta data.
16364
16365 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
16366 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
16367 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
16368
16369 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
16370 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
16371 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
16372
16373 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
16374
16375 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
16376 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
16377 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
16378 or fsck.
16379
16380 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
16381 requested with new -k switch.
16382
16383 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16384 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
16385
16386 CHANGES WITH 38:
16387
16388 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
16389 bugfixes.
16390
16391 * The git repository moved to:
16392 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
16393 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
16394
16395 * First release with the journal
16396 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
16397
16398 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
16399 systemd-stdout-bridge.
16400
16401 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
16402
16403 * Many systemadm clean-ups
16404
16405 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
16406 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
16407 remote mounts.
16408
16409 * Added Mageia support
16410
16411 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
16412
16413 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
16414 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
16415 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
16416 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
16417 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
16418
16419 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
16420 of existing distributions.
16421
16422 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
16423 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
16424
16425 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
16426 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
16427 boot.
16428
16429 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
16430
16431 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
16432 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
16433 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
16434 among other things.
16435
16436 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
16437 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
16438
16439 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
16440
16441 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
16442 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
16443 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
16444
16445 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
16446 restored.
16447
16448 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
16449 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
16450 kmod
16451
16452 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
16453 of /usr/local by default.
16454
16455 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
16456 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
16457 in:
16458 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
16459
16460 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
16461 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
16462 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
16463 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
16464 supported anyway, and bad style).
16465
16466 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
16467 reloading of units together.
16468
16469 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
16470 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
16471 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
16472 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
16473 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek